 







                                                              AA-LP99B-TE









             ALL-IN-1_STARTER_____________________________________
             Installation Guide Part 1
             Base Installation






















             digital equipment corporation
             maynard, massachusetts

 






                                                               AA-LP99B-TE
                                              First Printing, October 1990

             The information in this document is subject to change without
             notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital
             Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes
             no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this
             document.

             The software described in this document is furnished under a
             license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
             terms of such license.

             Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for
             the use or reliability of its software on equipment that is
             not supplied by Digital.

             Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
             U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in
             subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and
             Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.

             Copyright (c) Digital Equipment Corporation. 1990. All rights
             reserved.

             Please complete the reader's comments page at the end of the
             book. It will help us to keep improving our documentation.

             The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

             ALL-IN-1             EDT              VAX DOCUMENT
             CDA                  MicroVAX         VAX FMS
             DEC                  RSTS             VAX Grammar Checker
             DECdx                RSX              VAXstation
             DECmail              TK50             VMS
             DECnet/VAX           TOPS-20          WPS-PLUS
             DECpage              VAX              +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+TM
             DECspell             VAXcluster       |d|i|g|i|t|a|l|
             DX                   VAX DECpage      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

             PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc.
             This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2.

 















          ________________________________________________________________


                                                                  Contents




          Preface..................................................    xiv


          1  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

              1.1  Examining the Distribution Kit..................    1-4
              1.1.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits ..................    1-4
              1.1.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software
                     Distribution Kits............................     1-5
              1.2  VMS License Management Facility.................    1-6
              1.3  Required Operating System Components............    1-7
              1.4  Prerequisite Software...........................    1-8
              1.4.1  Installed Images .............................    1-9
              1.5  Optional Software Products......................   1-11
              1.5.1  Initial CDA Support ..........................   1-13
              1.5.2  Integrating Message Router and the Message
                     Router VMSmail Gateway with ALL-IN-1
                     STARTER......................................    1-14
              1.5.2.1   The Mail Directory and the ALL-IN-1
                        Directory..................................   1-15
              1.5.3  Integrating WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER ...   1-15
              1.5.4  Installation Order ...........................   1-16


                                                                       iii

 






              1.5.5  Keeping a Record of the Installation .........   1-17
              1.6  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on VAXcluster
                   Systems.........................................   1-18
              1.6.1  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a
                     Common-Environment Cluster...................    1-18
              1.6.1.1   Running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a
                        Common-Environment Cluster.................   1-18
              1.6.2  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a
                     Multiple-Environment Cluster.................    1-20
              1.6.2.1   Running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a
                        Multiple-Environment Cluster...............   1-21
              1.6.3  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Local Area
                     VAXcluster System............................    1-22
              1.7  Installing Additional Languages.................   1-23
              1.8  Preparing the System for Installation...........   1-24
              1.8.1  Time Needed to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                     Version 2.4..................................    1-27
              1.8.2  Privileges ...................................   1-27
              1.8.3  Back Up Your System and Target Disks .........   1-27
              1.8.4  Ensure No Active Users on the System .........   1-27
              1.8.5  Performance Customizations of PROFILE.FDL and
                     PROFILE.DAT..................................    1-28
              1.8.6  Register the Licenses for the Prerequisite
                     Software.....................................    1-28
              1.8.7  Ensure Message Router Directory Service is
                     Running......................................    1-29
              1.8.8  Shut Down the OA$FORMATTER Batch Queue .......   1-29
              1.8.9  Start the Queue Manager ......................   1-29
              1.8.10 Run the Mail Sender and Fetcher ..............   1-29
              1.8.11 Delete the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Jobs ........   1-30
              1.8.12 Calculate the Values for GBLPAGES,
                     GBLSECTIONS and GBLPAGFIL....................    1-30
              1.8.13 Check the System Parameter Values ............   1-35
              1.8.14 Changing System Parameter Values with
                     AUTOGEN......................................    1-37
              1.8.15 Process Account Quotas .......................   1-38




          iv

 






              1.8.16 Disk Space ...................................   1-39
              1.8.16.1  Installation Modes.........................   1-40
              1.8.16.2  ALL-IN-1 Areas.............................   1-41
              1.8.17 Check Your Site-Specific Startup Procedures ..   1-45
              1.8.18 Checklist of Information Required for
                     Installation.................................    1-46
              1.8.19 License Management Utility Requirements ......   1-46


          2  Accessing the Online Release Notes

              2.1  Accessing the Release Notes.....................    2-2


          3  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

              3.1  Before You Start................................    3-1
              3.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    3-1
              3.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    3-2
              3.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    3-2
              3.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    3-2
              3.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    3-2
              3.7  The Installation Procedure......................    3-3
              3.8  Error Recovery..................................    3-6
              3.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    3-7


          4  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
             V2.4

              4.1  Before You Start................................    4-1
              4.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    4-2
              4.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    4-2
              4.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    4-2


                                                                         v

 






              4.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    4-3
              4.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    4-3
              4.7  The Installation Procedure......................    4-3
              4.8  Error Recovery..................................    4-4
              4.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    4-5


          5  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1
             STARTER V2.4

              5.1  Before You Start................................    5-1
              5.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    5-2
              5.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    5-3
              5.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    5-3
              5.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    5-3
              5.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    5-3
              5.7  The Installation Procedure......................    5-4
              5.8  Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue...........    5-6
              5.9  Error Recovery..................................    5-6
              5.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    5-7


          6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1
             STARTER V2.4 Languages

              6.1  Before You Start................................    6-1
              6.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    6-2
              6.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    6-2
              6.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    6-2
              6.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    6-3
              6.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    6-3
              6.7  The Installation Procedure......................    6-3
              6.8  Error Recovery..................................    6-4
              6.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    6-5


          vi

 






          7  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

              7.1  Before You Start................................    7-1
              7.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    7-2
              7.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    7-2
              7.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    7-2
              7.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    7-2
              7.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    7-3
              7.7  The Installation Procedure......................    7-4
              7.8  Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue....................    7-5
              7.9  Error Recovery..................................    7-5
              7.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    7-6


          8  Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language

              8.1  Before You Start................................    8-1
              8.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    8-2
              8.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    8-2
              8.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    8-2
              8.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    8-3
              8.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    8-3
              8.7  The Installation Procedure......................    8-3
              8.8  Error Recovery..................................    8-4
              8.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    8-5


          9  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

              9.1  Installation Steps..............................    9-1






                                                                       vii

 






          10  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

              10.1 Replace the DCLTABLES on VAXcluster Systems.....   10-4
              10.2 Convert the User Profiles.......................   10-5
              10.3 Convert SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT....................   10-5
              10.4 Update the License Count and Subscriber Count
                   for ALL-IN-1 STARTER............................   10-5
              10.5 CDA Support.....................................   10-6
              10.6 Delete Files That Are No Longer Required........   10-6
              10.7 Considerations for the OA$MTI_ERR and OA$MTI_LOG
                   Files...........................................   10-6
              10.8 Convert the Format of
                   OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT...................   10-7
              10.9 Performance Customizations to PROFILE.FDL and
                   PROFILE.DAT.....................................   10-7
              10.10Execute the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Startup Command
                   Procedure.......................................   10-7
              10.10.1 After a New Installation .....................  10-8
              10.10.2 After an Upgrade Installation ................  10-8
              10.10.3 Site-Specific Startup Procedures .............  10-9
              10.10.4 How to Handle Errors Relating to Images Not
                     Installed....................................   10-11
              10.11Compile and Install the TXLs....................  10-12
              10.12Compile and Install Your Form Libraries.........  10-13
              10.13How to Set Up a Remote Message Router...........  10-14
              10.14Setting Up the Message Router Transfer
                   Service.........................................  10-15
              10.14.1 Configuring the VMSmail Gateway .............. 10-16
              10.15Diagnostic Tools................................  10-16
              10.16Set the Global Buffers..........................  10-17
              10.17Set the Terminal and Queue Characteristics for
                   Printers........................................  10-18
              10.18Reschedule the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping
                   Procedures......................................  10-18
              10.19Mail Directory Setup............................  10-18
              10.20ALL-IN-1 STARTER Setup..........................  10-21
              10.21Convert WPS-PLUS/VMS Documents to ALL-IN-1
                   STARTER.........................................  10-22


          viii

 






              10.22DECpage Support.................................  10-24
              10.23Determining and Reporting Problems..............  10-26


          A  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

              A.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits.....................    A-1
              A.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution
                   Kits............................................    A-2
              A.3  List of Files in Each Saveset...................    A-4


          B  Sample Installations

              B.1  Sample of a New Installation....................    B-1
              B.2  Sample of an Upgrade Installation from ALL-IN-1
                   STARTER Version 1.0.............................   B-24
              B.3  Sample of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 Update
                   Installation....................................   B-47
              B.4  Additional Language Installation................   B-69


          C  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

              C.1  Files Installed in Non-ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   Directories.....................................    C-1
              C.2  Logical Names...................................    C-2
              C.2.1  Logical Names Entered into the System Logical
                     Name Table...................................     C-2
              C.2.2  Logical Names Entered into the Language
                     Logical Name Table...........................     C-4
              C.3  Directory Structure of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   System Installed on Separate Disks..............    C-5







                                                                        ix

 






          D  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

              D.1  Change to Using WPS-PLUS........................    D-1
              D.2  Change the Location of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   Version 2.4 Area................................    D-2
              D.3  Moving ALL-IN-1 STARTER.........................    D-3


          Index

          Figures

              C-1  Directory Structure of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   Manager's Account...............................    C-6

              C-2  Directory Structure for the Library Files.......    C-7

              C-3  Directory Structure for the Language Files......    C-8

              C-4  Directory Structure for the Data Files..........    C-9

              C-5  Directory Structure for Mail Area E.............    C-9

              C-6  Directory Structure for the Shared
                   Directories.....................................    C-9

          Tables

              1-1  Section Reference Chart.........................    1-3

              1-2  VMS Tailoring Classes...........................    1-7

              1-3  Actions to Complete Before Installing
                   ALL-IN-1........................................   1-25

              1-4  Required System Parameter Values................   1-36

              1-5  Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                   Account.........................................   1-38

              1-6  Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1
                   Areas...........................................   1-43

              3-1  Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1 Version
                   2.4 System......................................    3-4

          x

 






              4-1  Steps Required for an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language
                   Installation....................................    4-4

              5-1  Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4............    5-4

              6-1  Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V1.0 Language...................................    6-4

              7-1  Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                   STARTER V2.4 System.............................    7-4

              8-1  Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                   STARTER V2.4 Language...........................    8-4

              10-1 Section Reference Chart.........................   10-2

              10-2 Global Buffer Allocations.......................  10-17






















                                                                        xi

 














          ________________________________________________________________


                                                                   Preface




             Product: ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4

          Purpose of This Guide

             This guide is Part 1 of three parts. See the section on
             Document Structure. This part describes how to:

              1 Prepare the VMS system for the installation of ALL-IN-1
                STARTER

              2 Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER

              3 Set up ALL-IN-1 STARTER so that the manager can log in to
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER and use ALL-IN-1 STARTER locally

             All other tasks required to complete the set up of ALL-IN-1
             STARTER, and for ongoing management, are described in the
             ALL-IN-1 Management Guide and ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide,
             for example:

              o Printer set up

              o Creating accounts

          xiv

 






              o Setting up Message Router and Message Router VMSmail
                Gateway, if mail messages need to be sent to other systems
                or VMS users


          Audience

             This guide is primarily intended for:

              o Managers who want to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                and set it up for use

              o Managers who want to upgrade to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
                2.4 from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0

              o Managers who want to update their existing ALL-IN-1
                STARTER Version 2.4 system

          How To Use This Guide

             Use this guide as follows:

              1 Carry out the steps described in Chapter 2 to access
                the Release Notes. You must print and read the Release
                Notes before starting the installation as they may contain
                information which applies to installation.

              2 Read Chapter 1 which describes the tasks you must do
                before installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

              3 Read the chapter corresponding to the type of installation
                you are going to perform, (see Chapters 3 to 8).
                The chapter lists the steps required to perform the
                installation.

              4 Carry out the steps required for the type of installation
                you are going to perform. These steps are described in
                Chapter 9.


                                                                        xv

 






              5 Read Chapter 10 which describes the tasks required to set
                up ALL-IN-1 STARTER so that the usual management and mail
                management tasks can be performed (for example, creating
                user accounts) to allow your users to use ALL-IN-1
                STARTER.


          Books in the Management Documentation Set

             The following documents make up the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
             Management documentation set:

              o ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation

                This part describes the steps required to install ALL-IN-1
                STARTER and contains information specific to the base
                component. Although it is a large book, you need only
                refer to the chapters relating to the type of installation
                that you are going to perform.

              o ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                Installation

                This part contains information specific to the language
                that you are installing; a version is supplied with each
                language component. Refer to this part as indicated
                in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base
                Installation.

              o ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market
                Installation

                This part contains information specific to your market
                component. Refer to this part as indicated in the ALL-IN-1
                STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation.
                Note that this document may not exist for all market
                components.

              o ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part 1 Language

          xvi

 






                This part contains information about problems in the
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 international base component
                and about problems that are specific to the language
                component that you install. Where possible, workarounds to
                the problems are also described.

              o ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part 2 Market

                This part contains information about problems that are
                specific to the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 market
                component. Note that this document may not exist for all
                market components.

              o Differences Between ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 and ALL-IN-1
                Version 2.4

                This document introduces the new and changed function-
                ality, and describes the problems that have been fixed,
                in ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. In addition, there are
                answers to some common questions about the new version,
                and details of packaging, software requirements, and
                changes to the documentation.

                This document contains some information that is not
                relevant for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see the
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes for details).

              o ALL-IN-1 Management Guide

                This guide describes the tasks for setting up and managing
                an ALL-IN-1 system, so that it operates efficiently. The
                guide also explains how to improve performance, and how
                the ALL-IN-1 files are organized within VMS.

                This document contains some information that is not
                relevant for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see the
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes for details).

              o ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide

                This guide describes how to manage an ALL-IN-1 mail
                system. The major management concern is to ensure that
                all messages sent to and from local ALL-IN-1 users are
                delivered.

                                                                      xvii

 






                This document contains some information that is not
                relevant for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see the
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes for details).

              o ALL-IN-1 Administration Guide

                This guide describes the ALL-IN-1 administration tasks,
                which include maintaining ALL-IN-1 on a day-to-day basis
                and supporting users. The administration tasks are defined
                by the ALL-IN-1 manager, and are available from the
                Administration menu.

                This document contains some information that is not
                relevant for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see the
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes for details).

          Related Books

             In addition to the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Management documentation
             set, your ALL-IN-1 STARTER kit contains a user documentation
             set.

             The user documentation set contains:

                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Getting Started
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER Quick Lookup
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER User's Reference
                ALL-IN-1 STARTER User Changes
                ALL-IN-1 Keyboard Reference Cards
                ALL-IN-1 Keyboard Diagram Cards
                WPS-PLUS Quick Lookup
                WPS-PLUS Editor Functions
                WPS-PLUS List and Sort Processing

             You may also need to refer to the documentation on the
             following products:

              o VAX FMS Version 2.4

              o VAX Message Router Version 3.1B

              o CDA Converter Library Version 1.0

          xviii

 






              o VAX DECpage Version 3.1

              o DECdx/VMS Version 1.2

             You may need to refer to the VMS management books for the
             version of VMS running on your system.


































                                                                       xix

 






          Document Structure

             ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation

             This part describes the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
             Version 2.4.

             Chapter 1   Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to complete
                         before beginning the installation, including how
                         to prepare the system if you want to integrate
                         ALL-IN-1 STARTER with optional software products.

             Chapter 2   Accessing the Online Release Notes

                         This chapter describes how to access and print
                         the online Release Notes

             Chapter 3   Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform
                         to install a new ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                         system.
















          xx

 







             Chapter 4   Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1
                         STARTER V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         install additional languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         Version 2.4.

             Chapter 5   Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1
                         STARTER V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 to
                         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

             Chapter 6   Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Additional
                         Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Additional
                         Languages

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 additional
                         languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                         additional languages.

















                                                                       xxi

 







             Chapter 7   Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         update your existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
                         2.4 system. You can update your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         Version 2.4 system if you decide to change the
                         configuration, or an ALL-IN-1 STARTER component
                         is revised by Digital.

             Chapter 8   Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         update ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional
                         language.

             Chapter 9   Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         V2.4

                         This chapter contains a complete list of the
                         steps required for installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         Version 2.4.

             Chapter 10  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

                         This chapter describes the tasks to complete so
                         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER can be run by users.

             Appendix A  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution
                         Media

                         This appendix lists the files contained on the
                         distribution media.

             Appendix B  Sample Installation





          xxii

 







                         This appendix contains computer listings of a
                         new ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 installation,
                         an upgrade installation from ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         Version 1.0, and an additional language
                         installation.

             Appendix C  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

                         This appendix lists the directories, and the
                         files in each directory, of an installed ALL-IN-1
                         STARTER Version 2.4 system.

             Appendix D  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         V2.4

                         This appendix describes how to change the
                         configuration of an installed ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         Version 2.4 system.

             ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
             Installation

             This part contains language-specific information, for the
             language you are installing. There is a version of this part
             for each language supported by ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.
             Your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit contains a version of
             this part for each language included with the kit.

             ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation

             This part contains market-specific information, where a
             market may be specific to a single country. Your ALL-IN-1
             STARTER Version 2.4 kit contains the version specific to your
             market.





                                                                     xxiii

 






          Conventions

             The following conventions are used throughout this document:

             Messages    Indicates prompts and messages from the computer.

             Red Print   Indicates entries you make at the terminal.

             lowercase   Lowercase text in an ALL-IN-1 STARTER function
                         call, or in a DCL command or command procedure,
                         indicates that you substitute a valid expression
                         in that place.

             []          Brackets in an ALL-IN-1 STARTER function, or in
                         a DCL command or command procedure, indicate an
                         optional entry, or a DCL directory specification.

             . . .       Horizontal ellipses indicate that additional data
                         or text can be entered.

             .           Vertical ellipses indicate that the example can
             .           or does contain more data or text than is shown.
             .

             1           Marks the order of the steps to complete a
             2           procedure.
             3

             a.          Marks steps within a major step in a procedure.
             b.
             c.

             Press       Indicates that you make one keystroke with
                         an editing or command key. For example, press
                         RETURN.





          xxiv

 







             Enter       Means type a command or response, or type
                         information into a menu or form, and then press a
                         terminator key such as RETURN.

             UPPERCASE   Indicates keyboard keys and GOLD functions.

             < >         Indicates a display that is variable.

             CTRL/z      Indicates that you hold down the CTRL key while
                         pressing the other key (z).

             GOLD x      Means press the GOLD key, labeled PF1 on some
                         keyboards, then press the key for the function.
                         For example, GOLD TOP.

             STEP n      Indicates step n of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                         installation procedure.

             step n      Indicates step n of a pre-installation or post-
                         installation task.

             ALL-IN-1    Means ALL-IN-1[TM] STARTER office automation
                         system

             DECnet      Means DECnet[TM] software

             Message     Means Message Router[TM] software
             Router

             WPS-PLUS    Means WPS-PLUS[TM] software









                                                                       xxv

 









                                                                     1
      ________________________________________________________________

                            Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         You install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 using VMSINSTAL,
         from the SYSTEM account. VMSINSTAL is a command procedure
         used to install optional software products on the VMS
         operating system.

          o You can install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 if you are
            not currently running ALL-IN-1 STARTER, or you can upgrade
            your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 system to ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4. You must also upgrade your additional
            languages to the corresponding ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
            2.4 languages.

          o You can also install additional languages, or update the
            language(s) currently being used by your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4 system.

          o If you decide to change the configuration of your existing
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system, or an ALL-IN-1
            STARTER component is revised by Digital, you can update
            your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system.

          o If you are currently using WPS-PLUS/VMS, and you do
            not have a previous version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you
            can install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 and optionally









                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-1

 



            convert your WPS-PLUS/VMS users to ALL-IN-1 STARTER. See
            Section 10.21 for details.

          o For certain changes to your existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4 system you need not perform an update
            installation (for example, if you want to reconfigure
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER to use WPS-PLUS). These changes are
            described in Appendix D.

         To prepare for installation:

          1 Check that the distribution kit is complete and correct
            according to the bill of materials included with the kit.
            See Section 1.1.

          2 Make sure that your system has the prerequisite software.
            See Section 1.4.

          3 Determine what other products you need to install before
            installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER. See Section 1.5.

          4 If you are intending to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a
            VAXcluster, see Section 1.6.

          5 If you are intending to install additional languages, see
            Section 1.7.

          6 Set up your system so that it is ready for the installa-
            tion. See Section 1.8.

          7 Complete the checklist of information appropriate to
            the type of installation you are going to perform. See
            Section 1.8.18.

          8 If you are unfamiliar with ALL-IN-1 STARTER, see the first
            chapter of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER User's Reference before
            starting installation.

         Table 1-1 indicates the sections that you need to refer to in
         this chapter for the type of installation that you are going
         to perform.






      1-2  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Table 1-1    Section Reference Chart

         _____________________________________________________________
         Installation                       Sections
         Type             ____________________________________________
         _________________1.1__1.2__1.3__1.4__1.5__1.6__1.7__1.8______

         New ALL-IN-1      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
         V2.4 installa-
         tion

         New additional    *    *    *    *         *    *    *
         language
         installation

         Upgrade from      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
         ALL-IN-1 V2.3

         Upgrade of an     *    *    *    *         *    *    *
         ALL-IN-1 V2.3
         language

         Upgrade from      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
         ALL-IN-1
         STARTER V1.0

         Upgrade of        *    *    *    *         *    *    *
         an ALL-IN-1
         STARTER V1.0
         language

         Update from       *    *    *    *    *    *         *
         ALL-IN-1
         STARTER V2.4

         Update of         *    *    *    *         *    *    *
         an ALL-IN-1
         STARTER V2.4
         language

         Update of         *    *    *    *    *    *         *
         ALL-IN-1 V2.4

         _____________________________________________________________
         *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section

                                              (continued on next page)

                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-3

 



         Table 1-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

         _____________________________________________________________
         Installation                       Sections
         Type             ____________________________________________
         _________________1.1__1.2__1.3__1.4__1.5__1.6__1.7__1.8______

         Update of an      *    *    *    *         *    *    *
         additional
         language
         _____________________________________________________________
         *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
         _____________________________________________________________

      1.1   Examining the Distribution Kit

         To make sure that you have a complete kit, check the contents
         of the kit against the bill of materials.

         If your kit is damaged or if you find that parts of it are
         missing, contact your Digital representative.

         1.1.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits

         All full ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kits (that is, as
         opposed to an additional language kit) should contain:

          o Three magnetic tapes or TK50 cartridges containing all
            the files listed in Appendix A of this book, the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation
            and the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market
            Installation. The VAX FMS Version 2.4 software is also
            contained on the tape or TK50 cartridge labeled:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 BASE BIN
            media_type INTERNATIONAL BASE
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            media_type is 16MT9 for tape or TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.

          o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Message
            Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 kit. The kit contains
            Message Router Version 3.1B and Message Router VMSmail
            Gateway Version 3.1.

          o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
            Notes Part 1 Language, for the language component supplied
            with your kit.

      1-4  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
            Notes Part 2 Market, for the market component supplied
            with your kit. (This document may not exist for all market
            components.)

          o A Software Product Description (SPD).

          o A System Support Addendum (SSA).

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base
            Installation (this book)

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
            Installation, for the language component supplied with
            your kit.

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market
            Installation, for the market component supplied with your
            kit.

         If you are installing an additional language you should have:

          o A magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the files for
            the language that you are installing (see Appendix A of
            the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
            Installation)

          o A magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
            Notes Part 1 Language, for the additional language

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
            Installation, for the additional language

         1.1.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution Kits

         All full ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kits (that is, as
         opposed to an additional language kit) should contain
         one compact disk (CD) containing all the files listed in
         Appendix A of this book.

         The CD also contains the following products in the same
         directory as the ALL-IN-1 STARTER kit:

          _ VAX FMS Version 2.4

          _ Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 which contains

            Message Router Version 3.1B and Message Router VMSmail
            Gateway Version 3.1.

          _ CDA Patch Kit for VMS Version 5.3. This kit is required

            only for systems running CDA with VMS Version 5.3.

                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-5

 



          _ CDA Converter Library Version 1.0

         The following documentation (in ASCII text format) is also
         included on the CD:

          o A Read Me First

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 1 Base
            Installation (this book)

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
            Installation, for the language component supplied with
            your kit.

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market
            Installation, for the market component supplied with your
            kit.

          o A Software Product Description (SPD)

          o A System Support Addendum (SSA)

          o A Software Warranty Addendum (SWA)

         If you are installing an additional language, you should
         have a CD containing the files for the language that you
         are installing (see Appendix A of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation).

         The CD also includes (in ASCII text format):

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
            Installation, for the additional language

      1.2   VMS License Management Facility

         The VMS License Management Facility (LMF) is available with
         Version 5.1, or higher, of the VMS operating system. If you
         are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 on a VMS V5.1 (or
         higher) system, you must register your software license.

         The license registration information you need is contained in
         the Product Authorization Key (PAK) that comes with ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4. The PAK is a paper certificate that
         contains information about the license you must have in order
         to run a particular piece of software.

      1-6  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         You must register your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 license
         before you perform the installation. During the installation,
         you are asked if you have registered the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 license and loaded the appropriate authorization
         key.

         To register a license under VMS V5.1, first log in to the
         system manager's account, SYSTEM. You then have a choice of
         two ways to perform the registration:

          o Invoke the SYS$UPDATE:VMSLICENSE.COM procedure. When it
            prompts you for information, respond with data from your
            Product Authorization Key (PAK).

          o Issue the DCL command, LICENSE REGISTER, together with the
            appropriate qualifiers that correspond to information on
            the PAK.

         For complete information on using LMF, see the manual on the
         License Management Utility in the VMS V5.1 documentation set.

      1.3   Required Operating System Components

         For VMS Version 5.1, or higher, systems, ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 requires that your system is running the VMS
         classes listed in Table 1-2.

         Table 1-2    VMS Tailoring Classes

         _____________________________________________________________
         Class_________________Required_File(s)_______________________

         Network Support       NMLSHR.EXE

         Programming Support   IMAGELIB.OLB

         System Programming    SYS.STB

         Secure User's         SUBMIT.EXE
         Environment

         Utilities             RUNOFF.EXE

         RMS Journaling File   None

                                              (continued on next page)

                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-7

 



         Table 1-2 (Cont.)    VMS Tailoring Classes

         _____________________________________________________________
         Class_________________Required_File(s)_______________________

         VMS Workstation       None
         Support

         Miscellaneous Files   None

         BLISS Required Files  STARLET.REQ

         Example Files         None

         User Environment      None
         Test_Package_________________________________________________

      1.4   Prerequisite Software

         The following software must be installed on your system:

          o VMS Version 5.1, or higher

          o VAX Forms Management System (FMS) Version 2.4.

         Note ALL-IN-1 STARTER must have the form driver (FDVSHR)
            installed as a known shareable image. See Section 1.4.1.

            See the VAX FMS Installation Guide and Release Notes for
            details of installing VAX FMS. (If you want to run the
            sample programs supplied with VAX FMS you must have at
            least one compiler installed on your system.)

            Digital does not recommend the use of any earlier version
            of FMS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

            If you install VAX FMS from the kit supplied with ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4, you must register the license before
            you can run FMS. FMS must be running before you install
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER.







      1-8  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         1.4.1  Installed Images

         Make sure that the following shareable image and message
         files are installed on your system before installing ALL-IN-1
         STARTER:

          o SYS$MESSAGE:FDVMSG.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:CONVSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:FDLSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:FDVSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:LBRSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:MTHRTL.EXE

            For a MicroVAX II, or a MicroVAX 2000, the file is
            SYS$SHARE:UVMTHRTL.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:NMLSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:PASRTL.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:SCNRTL.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:SCRSHR.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:VMSRTL.EXE

          o SYS$SHARE:VAXCRTL.EXE

         To check whether or not these images are installed on your
         system, enter the following:

           $ INSTALL
           INSTALL> LIST image

         image is the image to be checked. For example,
         SYS$SHARE:CONVSHR.

         If the Install Utility cannot find an entry for an image,
         install the image as follows:

           INSTALL> CREATE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
           INSTALL> EXIT

      Note If the images FDVMSG.EXE and FDVSHR.EXE are not installed,
         edit the command procedure SYS$STARTUP:FMSTARTUP.COM, remove
         the EXIT command before the entry RUN SYS$SYSTEM:INSTALL, and
         then execute the command procedure.

                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-9

 



         If there is an entry for the image, check that the display
         shows the following information:

           imagename.EXE       Open Hdr Shar

         imagename is the name of the image. For example, CONVSHR.

         If the display does not show this information, change the way
         that the image is installed as follows:

           INSTALL> REPLACE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
           INSTALL> EXIT

         For details of installing shareable image files, see the VMS
         manual describing the Install Utility.

         Note that the following images are temporarily installed
         during the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER:

          o If you integrated WPS-PLUS:

             - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLCOM.EXE

             - SYS$SHARE:LNGOSENVR.EXE

             - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLMSG.EXE

             - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLlang.EXE, for all languages with
               DECspell support (see the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation
               Guide Part 2 Language Installation)

             - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLSHR.EXE

          o If standalone DECspell is installed on your system:

             - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLCOR.EXE

             - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLNDX.EXE

             - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLFOR.EXE

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command procedure A1V24START.COM
         installs all these as known images at system startup. This
         command procedure is in SYS$MANAGER.



      1-10  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      1.5   Optional Software Products

         Message Router Version 3.1B is supplied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 (see Section 1.5.2). If you want to use Mail
         directory addressing you must install Message Router Version
         3.1B on the same node as ALL-IN-1 STARTER. Digital does not
         recommend the use of any earlier version of Message Router
         with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         Message Router VMSmail Gateway (MRGATE) Version 3.1 is sup-
         plied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see Section 1.5.2).
         If you want to install Message Router on the same node as
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER, Digital does not recommend the use of any
         earlier version of MRGATE with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

      Note If you install Message Router and Message Router VMSmail
         Gateway from the kit supplied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4, you must register the licenses for both products before
         you can run them. Message Router and, if installed, Message
         Router VMSmail Gateway must be running before you install
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

         If you want to use any of these products with ALL-IN-1
         STARTER, see the order of installation listed in Section 1.5.4.

         In addition, the following products can be integrated with
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER:

          o VAX DECpage Version 3.1

            DECpage is an ALL-IN-1 STARTER option that you install
            separately. When VAX DECpage Version 3.1 is installed
            after ALL-IN-1 STARTER, it is accessible from the Word
            and Document Processing (WP) menu within ALL-IN-1 STARTER.
            It is not necessary to link the VAX DECpage software to
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

            If you want to integrate DECpage with ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
            there is a post-installation task you must perform after
            you have installed ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see
            Section 10.22).

          o Language and Specialized Lexicons. See the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation
            for the language and specialized lexicons supported. (The
            language and specialized lexicons are only available for
            certain languages.)

          o DECdx/VMS Version 1.2

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-11

 



            DECdx/VMS is required only to allow users to transfer
            DX documents between Digital's mainframe computers (in
            conjunction with DECdx/RSTS, DECdx/RSX and DECdx/TOPS-20)

         DECnet/VAX Version 5.1 can be purchased separately. If you
         want to exchange mail with other systems you must install
         DECnet/VAX Version 5.1 on your system.

         If you are upgrading to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, and
         you are currently running any ALL-IN-1 STARTER layered
         products, you may need to prepare the layered product(s)
         before you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (see your
         layered product documentation).


































      1-12  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         1.5.1  Initial CDA Support

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER provides users with the ability to
         manipulate CDA documents, for example, documents produced
         by DECwrite. You can:

          o Send or forward CDA documents by mail as attachments
            between ALL-IN-1 STARTER users on the same or remote nodes

          o You can store the CDA documents directly in the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER File Cabinet and read them (display on the screen)
            using the Word and document processing Read (WP R) option.

            When in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER File Cabinet you can
            manipulate the CDA documents using any of the File Cabinet
            (FC) functions such as Delete and Archive.

          o Edit CDA documents by using either the EDT or WPS-PLUS
            editors

          o Print CDA documents either on PostScript capable printers
            or on ASCII printers

            Export CDA documents from the ALL-IN-1 STARTER File
            Cabinet to VMS where they reside as VMS files

          o Convert CDA documents to ASCII, DX, WPS-PLUS, or Alternate
            Format Syntax (AFS)

          o Create CDA documents by converting documents in ASCII, DX,
            WPS-PLUS, or AFS to CDA

         The following software must be installed, before you can use
         CDA with ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o DECwindows Version 1.0, or higher

         Note You must have both the DECwindows base kit and the
            DECwindows application files are installed on your system.

          o CDA Patch Kit for VMS Version 5.3. This kit is required
            only for systems running CDA with VMS Version 5.3.

            If your system is running VMS Version 5.3, you must
            install this kit before installing the CDA Converter
            Library

          o CDA Converter Library Version 1.0

            The installation checks to see if the following files are
            present:

             - OA$SHARE:DDIF$READ_DX.EXE

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-13

 



             - OA$SHARE:DDIF$WRITE_DX.EXE

             - OA$SHARE:DTIF$READ_ASCII_TABULAR.EXE

             - OA$SHARE:DTIF$WRITE_ASCII_TABULAR.EXE

         The files for CDA support are installed during the instal-
         lation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. However, your users
         will be unable to convert CDA documents to ALL-IN-1 documents
         until the prerequisite software is installed.

         1.5.2  Integrating Message Router and the Message Router
         VMSmail Gateway with ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER installation procedure asks if you want
         to send and receive remote mail.

          o Install and configure Message Router before you install
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER, if you want to send and receive remote
            mail

          o Install and configure Message Router and the Message
            Router VMSmail Gateway before you install ALL-IN-1
            STARTER, if you want to send mail to VMSmail users, either
            on the local system or remotely

          o If you want to install Message Router on the local system
            (that is, the system on which you are installing ALL-IN-1
            STARTER) then you must install Message Router Version
            3.1B. The Message Router on the local system is referred
            to as a local Message Router. Both Message Router Version
            3.1B and the Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1
            are provided in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER kit.

          o If you want to use the Message Router Directory Service
            (referred to as the Mail directory), you must install
            Message Router Version 3.1B on the local system before you
            install ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o If you already have Message Router Version 3.1B installed
            on your system, make sure that it is configured before you
            install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

          o If ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is already installed, and
            you want to install Message Router on the local system,
            you must install and configure Message Router Version
            3.1B and then perform an update installation of ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4.

      1-14  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         You can also integrate ALL-IN-1 STARTER with Message Router
         on a remote system (that is, a system other than the one on
         which you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER). See Section 10.13
         for more information. You may want to do this if you do not
         have enough space on your own system to install Message
         Router. However, the Mail directory is not available when
         Message Router is remote, so you cannot use Mail directory
         addressing (see Section 1.5.2.1). The Message Router on the
         remote system is referred to as a remote Message Router.

         When you install Message Router the exception reporting
         routines for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Electronic Messaging
         subsystem are installed. If you want to run the exception
         reporting routines, you must configure exception reporting
         for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Electronic Messaging subsystem.

         See Section 1.6 for information on using ALL-IN-1 STARTER and
         Message Router on VAXcluster systems.

         For more information on installing and using Message Router
         and Message Router VMSmail Gateway, refer to the Message
         Router and Message Router VMSmail Gateway books, and the
         ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide.

         Before you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER, read the chapter on
         planning in the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide, to decide how
         to set up the mail system.

         1.5.2.1  The Mail Directory and the ALL-IN-1 Directory

         The Mail directory and the ALL-IN-1 directory are directories
         of users in the network. These directories hold the names and
         electronic mail addresses of users in the network.

         The Mail directory is provided by the Directory Service
         component of Message Router.

         Before deciding whether or not to use the Mail directory, see
         the Planning chapter in the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide.

         1.5.3  Integrating WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         You can integrate WPS-PLUS Version 3.1 when you install
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER. An installation question asks whether
         you want to integrate WPS-PLUS. If you choose to integrate
         WPS-PLUS it is fully integrated with ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         and is available as the default editor. You do not need
         additional software to integrate WPS-PLUS, as everything
         required is provided in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER kit. After
         installation there are a number of tasks you must perform

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-15

 



         before users can use WPS-PLUS, for example, setting terminal
         and queue characteristics (see Section 10.17 and the ALL-IN-1
         Management Guide for details).

         If WPS-PLUS/VMS already exists on your system, you can
         still integrate and use WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see
         Section 10.21 for details).

         If you integrate WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you may be
         able to use various spell-checking lexicons. See the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for
         the spell-checking lexicon that is supplied with your kit,
         and for any other optional products.

      Note Lexicons are only available for certain language versions
         of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         1.5.4  Installation Order

         The following installation order is recommended:

          1 Register the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 license.

          2 Run the ALL-IN-1 STARTER installation procedure, and
            select option 7 to register the licenses for VAX FMS
            Version 2.4, Message Router Version 3.1B, Message Router
            VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 and CDA Converter Library
            Version 1.0.

          3 Install VAX FMS Version 2.4, if it is not already
            installed on your system.

          4 Install Message Router Version 3.1B (unless it is already
            installed on your system), if you want to send and receive
            messages to and from other systems, or you want to use
            Mail directory addressing, or you want to send mail to
            VMSmail users, either on the local system or on remote
            systems.

          5 Configure Message Router Version 3.1B, if it is installed
            and not yet configured.

         Note: If you want to install Message Router VMSmail Gateway
            Version 3.1, after you have installed Message Router
            Version 3.1B, you can defer the configuration of Message
            Router and configure both products together at step 7.

      1-16  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          6 Install Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 (unless
            it is already installed on your system), if you want to
            send mail to VMSmail users, either on the local system or
            remotely.

          7 Configure Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1, if
            it is installed and not yet configured.

          8 Install CDA Converter Library Version 1.0 (unless it is
            already installed on your system).

          9 Install CDA Patch kit for VMS Version 5.3. See the
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Read Me First.

          10 Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

          11 Configure exception reporting routines for ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4 Electronic Messaging subsystem.

      Note WPS-PLUS is supplied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER. If you choose
         to integrate WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER, it is available
         as the default editor in ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

         1.5.5  Keeping a Record of the Installation

         When you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, Digital
         recommends that you use a hard-copy terminal, so that you
         have a permanent record of the installation. Alternatively,
         you can keep a record of the installation in a log file if
         you enter the command:

         $ SET HOST /LOG=filename 0

         where filename is the name of the log file. For example, you
         might use
         ALLIN1_INSTALL.LOG. The default is SETHOST.LOG, if filename
         is omitted. The log file is created in the directory where
         you entered the command. For example, if you enter the
         command in the directory
         SYS$SYSDEVICE:[SYSTEM.FRED] then this directory will contain
         the log file. To use the SET HOST command, DECnet must be
         running on your system. Make a note of the directory where
         you entered the SET HOST command.

         If you decide to keep a record of the installation in a log
         file, you need to allow at least 200 blocks, in addition to
         the space required for ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see Section 1.8.16).

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-17

 



         If you have a VAXcluster system, and you are running the
         VAXcluster Console System (VCS), you can use this to record
         the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. This does
         not require DECnet to be running, does not use any disk
         space on the system where the installation is performed,
         and does not echo any passwords that you enter during the
         installation. See the manual for the VAXcluster Console
         System.

      1.6   Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on VAXcluster Systems

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 can be installed on a common-environment
         cluster, a multiple-environment cluster or Local Area
         VAXcluster.

         1.6.1  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Common-Environment
         Cluster

         In a common-environment cluster, the operating environment is
         identical on each member node, because the nodes are run from
         the same system files. The nodes are set up with identical
         user accounts, the same known images (such as the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER image) are installed, the same logical names are
         defined, and mass storage devices and queues are shared.
         In effect, users in a common-environment cluster can log in
         to any node and work in the same operating environment. For
         example, ALL-IN-1 STARTER will be installed on one node only,
         but will be available to users on all nodes.

         1.6.1.1  Running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Common-Environment
         Cluster

         When running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a common-environment
         cluster:

          o You must run the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command
            procedure,
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM, on all nodes in the cluster on
            which you want to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER. (See Section 10.10
            of this guide.)

         Note ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 does not support rolling
            upgrades; that is, mixed VMS Version 4.7 and Version
            5.0 clusters. All nodes in the cluster must be running
            VMS Version 5.1, or higher, before you install ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4.

      1-18  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          o You can spread the ALL-IN-1 STARTER areas around your
            VAXcluster disks, just as you would for a single-node
            system (see Section 1.8.16).

          o You must check the VMS system parameters, as described in
            Section 1.8, on each node in the VAXcluster on which you
            are going to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o The housekeeping procedure which creates new shared
            directories has to define new system logical names on
            each node in a VAXcluster. You must ensure that the new
            names are defined on every node in the cluster for which
            the new shared directories will be created. Use the Manage
            node specific batch queues (MNQ) option on the Manage Mail
            Areas menu to do this. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
            for details.

          o The default value of the logical name OA$PRIMARY_NODE
            is set by A1V24START.COM after the installation has
            completed, as follows:

             - If you are using a remote Message Router,
               OA$PRIMARY_NODE is set to the name of the node on which
               the Message Router is resident.

             - If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster,
               and cluster aliasing is enabled, OA$PRIMARY_NODE is set
               to the cluster alias.

             - If you are using a local Message Router and cluster
               aliasing is not enabled, OA$PRIMARY_NODE is the name of
               the node on which the Message Router is resident.

            The node name represented by this logical name is used
            in ALL-IN-1 directory addressing as the node name for
            all users on the cluster. It is also used by Electronic
            Messaging in the return address for all mail sent to other
            computer systems via Message Router.

         For further information about clusters, see the VMS
         VAXcluster documentation.






                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-19

 



         1.6.2  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Multiple-Environment
         Cluster

         In a multiple-environment cluster, the environment varies
         from node to node, and users can work in environments that
         are specific to the node that they are logged in to. A
         multiple-environment cluster is effective when you want to
         share data among member nodes, but when you want certain
         nodes to serve specialized needs. A multiple-environment
         cluster can be considered as having different parts, each
         part providing a different environment.

         For example, you might want to set up a three-node cluster
         in which ALL-IN-1 STARTER can be used on two nodes, while
         the third node is set up exclusively for batch processing of
         large inventory jobs. In this case, the nodes from which
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER is available are set up with a common
         environment, sharing users, queues, and access to mass
         storage devices, while the the third node runs in its own
         restricted environment and ALL-IN-1 STARTER is unavailable.
         However, you must run the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command
         procedure, SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM, on all the nodes in
         the part of the cluster with the common environment.

         Another configuration might have four nodes split into two
         parts (two nodes in each part), with both parts providing
         distinct common environments. If you want to run ALL-IN-1
         STARTER on all four nodes, you must install ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         in each part. However, the ALL-IN-1 STARTER system on one
         part is available only to users logged in to that part of
         the cluster. The two ALL-IN-1 STARTER systems are managed
         separately.

      CAUTION If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 on
         one part of a multiple-environment cluster with a common
         system disk, and you want to install a full ALL-IN-1 Version
         2.4 system on the another part of the cluster, you must do
         the following before installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4:

          1 Copy the startup command procedure A1V24START.COM to the
            SYS$SPECIFIC:[SYSMGR] directory of each node in the part
            of the cluster running the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            system.

          2 Delete the A1V24START.COM file in the SYS$COMMON:[SYSMGR]
            directory.

      1-20  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         After installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system, repeat these
         steps for the part of the cluster that is to run the new
         ALL-IN-1 system.

         1.6.2.1  Running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Multiple-Environment
         Cluster

         When running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a multiple-environment
         cluster:

          o You must check the VMS system parameters, as described in
            Section 1.8, on each node in the part of the cluster on
            which you are going to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o ALL-IN-1 STARTER is only available to users that are
            logged in to the part on which ALL-IN-1 STARTER is
            installed. If a part of the cluster does not have ALL-IN-1
            STARTER installed, users logged in to a node in that part
            of the cluster cannot use ALL-IN-1 STARTER. Therefore,
            users (including batch jobs) of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER system
            must make sure that they are running on the part of the
            cluster containing the ALL-IN-1 STARTER system that they
            want to use.

            The ALL-IN-1 STARTER housekeeping procedures must be
            assigned to a batch queue. You must use a queue specific
            to the part of the cluster on which the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            system is running. If your system has a cluster-wide
            generic queue which points to all queues in the cluster
            you must not use that queue.

            The housekeeping procedure which creates new shared
            directories has to define new system logical names on
            each node in a VAXcluster. You must ensure that the new
            names are defined on every node in the part of the cluster
            containing the ALL-IN-1 STARTER system for which the new
            shared directories will be created. Use the Manage node
            specific batch queues (MNQ) option on the Manage Mail
            Areas menu to do this. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
            for details.

          o You must install Message Router, if you want to send and
            receive remote mail.

            If you want to use Mail directory addressing, you must
            install Message Router Version 3.1B on the same part of
            the cluster on which you are going to install the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER system. In this case, Message Router is referred
            to as a local Message Router.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-21

 



         Note Mail directory addressing can only be used on certain
            multiple-environment cluster configurations. See the
            Message Router Installation Guide for details.

            You can use Message Router on another part of the cluster,
            or on another system, if you do not have enough disk
            space on the part that you are going to install ALL-IN-1
            STARTER. In this case, Message Router is referred to as
            a remote Message Router. You cannot use Mail directory
            addressing with a remote Message Router.

         The main points to remember when running ALL-IN-1 STARTER in
         a multiple-environment cluster are:

          o Users must log in to the right part of the cluster to use
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o Batch queue names should be specific to the part of the
            cluster running ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          o You must run A1V24START.COM on every node in the part
            of the cluster running ALL-IN-1 STARTER. This command
            procedure is in SYS$MANAGER.

          o To use the Mail directory, you must install Message
            Router Version 3.1B in the same part as ALL-IN-1 STARTER.
            However, the Mail directory can only be used on certain
            multiple-environment cluster configurations (see the
            Message Router Installation Guide for details). You can
            use a remote Message Router, but you cannot use the Mail
            directory.

         For further information about clusters, see the VMS
         VAXcluster documentation.

         1.6.3  Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a Local Area VAXcluster
         System

         You can install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 on a local area
         VAXcluster system. A local area VAXcluster system consists
         of a boot node (a VAX system or MicroVAX system containing
         all the disks from which ALL-IN-1 STARTER is run) connected
         by Ethernet to a number of satellite nodes, usually MicroVAX
         systems.

         If you are using a local area VAXcluster system, Digital
         recommends that you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER on the boot
         node. This node is likely to be the only node where disk
         space is available to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER. The satellite

      1-22  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         nodes are for the individual work groups only, and they use
         the boot node to access ALL-IN-1 STARTER files.

         You must check the VMS system parameters as described in
         Section 1.8, on each node in the local area VAXcluster system
         on which you are going to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

      Note If you intend to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a local area
         VAXcluster system, Digital recommends that you contact your
         local Software Services representative.

      1.7   Installing Additional Languages

         Your basic ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit is supplied
         with a specific language component for your market. You
         can use other languages with your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4 system, in addition to the one supplied with your kit.
         If you want to install additional languages, you must have
         specified that you wanted to build a multi-language system
         when you installed the original language. See the System
         Support Addendum for a list of the languages supported by
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system.

         If, during the installation of the original language,
         you answered NO to the prompt Do you want to build a
         multi-language system?, you must re-link ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 and answer YES to this prompt. See the ALL-IN-1
         Management Guide for details on linking the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         image.

         You can install the languages (if available), including
         the one supplied with your kit, in any order. However, the
         language that you install when the main ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 kit is installed is the default language. That
         is, it is the language indicated in the language field of the
         user's account details, and is used by ALL-IN-1 STARTER if
         you do not use the /LANGUAGE qualifier (see Section 10.10)
         when logging in to ALL-IN-1 STARTER. You install other
         laguages separately by performing an additional language
         installation (see Chapter 4). These languages are additional
         to the default language.

         See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation of the language you want to install for:

          o The language name used for language-specific file,
            directory, and logical names.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-23

 



          o The size of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 language
            component. You need this information to determine the
            disk space required for installing that language (see
            Section 1.8.16).

      1.8   Preparing the System for Installation

         To prepare your system for the installation of ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4, carry out the steps listed in Table 1-3,
         and mark off each action as you complete it, before starting
         the installation. You must carry out these actions from a
         privileged SYSTEM account.

      Note

          o Digital recommends using logical names wherever possible.
            For example, assign logical names to your disks. The
            logical names must not start with A1$ or OA$. For example,
            you must not use A1$DEVICE. If your system uses logical
            names with prefixes A1$ or OA$, other than those defined
            by the ALL-IN-1 STARTER installation (see Appendix C), you
            must rename them.

          o ALL-IN-1 STARTER must not be used by any batch jobs or
            users during the installation, or the installation will
            fail. Therefore, you must remove the mail Sender and
            Fetcher from the batch queue if you are going to perform
            an upgrade installation.

         The values for the various system parameters and quotas given
         in Table 1-3 are those specific to ALL-IN-1 STARTER and are
         acceptable for most systems. The ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
         describes how to set system parameters for ALL-IN-1 STARTER.
         Also, see the VMS books for guidelines on the setting of
         system parameters.












      1-24  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      Table 1-3    Actions to Complete Before Installing ALL-IN-1

      ________________________________________________________________
      Step__Section__Action___________________________Completed_______

      1     1.8.3    Backup the system disk
      1     1.8.3    Backup any target disks (if
                     applicable)
      2     1.8.4    Make sure that there are no
                     active users on the system
      3     1.8.5    Performance Customizations of
                     PROFILE.FDL and PROFILE.DAT
                     (Ug, Ud)
      4     1.8.6    Register and load the licenses
                     for the prerequisite software
      5     1.8.7    Ensure that the Message Router
                     Directory Service is running
                     if you want to use the Mail
                     directory
      6     1.8.8    Stop the OA$FORMATTER queue
                     (Ug, Ud)
      7     1.8.9    Ensure the queue manager is
                     started
      8     1.8.10   Run the mail Sender and Fetcher
                     (Ug, Ud)
      9     1.8.11   Remove the ALL-IN-1 housekeep-
                     ing jobs from the batch queue
                     (Ug, Ud)
      10    1.8.12   Check for adequate:
                           global pages
                           global sections
                           global page file sections
      11    1.8.13   Check system parameter values:
                           LOCKIDTBL        340
                           MAXBUF           5000
                           PIOPAGES         350
                           PQL_DENQLM       150
                           PQL_MENQLM       150
                           PROCSECTCNT      45
      ________________________________________________________________
      +    The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
      the WSDEFAULT value.
      Ug   Upgrade installations
      Ud   Update installations

                                              (continued on next page)

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-25

 



      Table 1-3 (Cont.)    Actions to Complete Before Installing ALL-
                           IN-1

      ________________________________________________________________
      Step__Section__Action___________________________Completed_______

                           RESHASHTBL       85
                           RMS_DFMBC        16
                           RMS_DFMBFIDX     2
                           STARTUP_P1       null
                           TTY_TYPAHDSZ     1500
                           VIRTUALPAGECNT   16385
      12    1.8.14   Recompute system parameters
      13    1.8.15   Check process quotas:
                           ASTLM            100
                           BIOLM            50
                           BYTLM            36000
                           DIOLM            50
                           ENQLM            200
                           FILLM            100
                           JTQUOTA          1024
                           PGFLQUOTA        20000
                           PRCLM            10
                           TQELM            50
                           WSDEFAULT        600+
                           WSEXTENT         2048
                           WSQUOTA          800
      14    1.8.16   Check disk space
      15    1.8.17   Check your site-specific
                     startup procedures (Ug)
      16    1.8.18   Complete checklist
      17    1.8.19   Check the License Management
                     Utility requirements
      ________________________________________________________________
      +    The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
      the WSDEFAULT value.
      Ug   Upgrade installations
      Ud   Update installations
      ________________________________________________________________








      1-26  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         1.8.1  Time Needed to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4

         The installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 can take
         from two to five hours, depending on the configuration of
         your system. For example, the installation will take longer
         on a MicroVAX system than on a VAX system. This does not
         include the time taken to install and configure Message
         Router and to set up your system.

         The installation of an additional language takes approxi-
         mately 1 to 2.5 hours.

         1.8.2  Privileges

         Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 from the VMS system
         manager's account, with full privileges.

         Note that the VMSINSTAL turns off the BYPASS privilege at the
         start of the installation.

         1.8.3  Back Up Your System and Target Disks

         If possible, back up your system disk and use this backup
         copy for installation. If you are going to install ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 on more than one disk, back up those
         disks that are to be used during the installation.

         Do this because:

          o If a system failure occurs at a critical point during
            installation, some files could be left in an inconsistent
            state

          o You can verify that the backup copy contains a working
            system image and then replace the system disk with it

          o There is more contiguous free space, which may be needed
            for installation

         1.8.4  Ensure No Active Users on the System

         Ensure that there are no active users on the system.

         Ask users currently on the system to log off, and then
         disable logins, by entering the following:

           $ SET LOGINS /INTERACTIVE=0

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-27

 



         1.8.5  Performance Customizations of PROFILE.FDL and
         PROFILE.DAT

         If you have made any performance customizations to PROFILE.FDL
         or PROFILE.DAT, make sure that you save these files before
         you start the installation procedure. A new PROFILE.FDL file
         is provided during installation, and this is used to create a
         new PROFILE.DAT. You will need to reapply any customizations
         to the new files after the installation is complete.

         1.8.6  Register the Licenses for the Prerequisite Software

         If you install VAX FMS, Message Router and Message Router
         VMSmail Gateway, CDA Converter Library, and VAX Notes
         from the kits supplied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER, register the
         licenses for these products as follows:

          1 Invoke VMSINSTAL:

              $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE
              $ @VMSINSTAL AS024 device:

            where device: is the device on which the distribution
            media are to be mounted. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name. Logical device names must not begin
            with either A1$, OA$ or OA1$.

          2 If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, answer YES to
            the prompt:

              %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and
                  running.
              * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

          3 Answer YES to the prompt:

            * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk
            [YES]?

          4 VMSINSTAL subsequently displays a list of installation
            types. Enter 7 at the prompt:

            * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

            VMSINSTAL checks the licenses, and if necessary installs
            and loads the appropriate licenses. VMSINSTAL then exits.

      1-28  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         1.8.7  Ensure Message Router Directory Service is Running

         If you want to use Mail directory addressing (see
         Section 1.5.2.1), make sure that the Message Router Directory
         Service is running.

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a multiple-
         environment cluster, the Message Router Directory Service
         must be running on the part on which you are installing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see Section 1.6.2.1).

         1.8.8  Shut Down the OA$FORMATTER Batch Queue

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         shut down the OA$FORMATTER batch queue using the following
         command:

         $ STOP /QUEUE /NEXT OA$FORMATTER

         1.8.9  Start the Queue Manager

         If your queue manager is not running, start it by entering
         the following command:

           $ START /QUEUE /MANAGER

         1.8.10  Run the Mail Sender and Fetcher

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, run
         the mail Sender and Fetcher to read all the mail:

          1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

          2 Enter MGT to display the ALL-IN-1 Management menu.

          3 Enter MM to display the Manage Messaging menu.

          4 Enter RF (Run Fetcher) to run the Fetcher to fetch all
            received messages from the queue.

          5 Enter RS (Run Sender) to run the Sender to clear all
            messages that are waiting to be sent from the queue.

          6 Enter EXIT to exit the ALL-IN-1 manager's account.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-29

 



         1.8.11  Delete the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Jobs

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         you must delete all the ALL-IN-1 houskeeping jobs from the
         batch queue. This is because the batch jobs run an existing
         version of a command procedure, which may be updated during
         the installation. To delete the housekeeping procedures, do
         the following:

          1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

          2 Enter the following command to find out the entry numbers
            of the housekeeping jobs:

              $ SHOW QUEUE/BATCH

            Make a note of the entry numbers.

          3 Enter the following command to delete each of the ALL-IN-1
            housekeeping jobs:

              $ DELETE/ENTRY=entry_number queue_name

            where entry_number is the entry number of each housekeep-
            ing job, and queue_name is the name of the batch queue
            running the housekeeping jobs.

            You must not use the the MGT MHP D option to delete the
            housekeeping jobs, as this will delete the jobs from the
            database of housekeeping jobs. After ALL-IN-1 STARTER is
            installed, the installation procedure checks the database
            of housekeeping jobs, and reschedules them.

         1.8.12  Calculate the Values for GBLPAGES, GBLSECTIONS and
         GBLPAGFIL

         Make sure that you have enough global pages, global sections,
         and global page file sections available. Also, follow the
         steps described in this section to check that certain system
         parameters are set to adequate values. For more information
         on SYSGEN parameters refer to the VMS manual describing the
         SYSGEN utility.

      Note If you are running a VAXcluster system, you must ensure
         that these parameters are large enough on each node in the
         cluster on which you are going to run ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

      1-30  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         These checks only ensure that the system is adequately
         configured for ALL-IN-1 STARTER, and do not allow for the
         requirements of any other layered product.

          1 Run the Install Utility and display the currently active
            values for the system parameters GBLSECTIONS and GBLPAGES:

              $ INSTALL
              INSTALL> LIST /GLOBAL /SUMMARY

            A message similar to the following will be displayed:

            160 global sections used, 9867/985 global pages used/unused

            The number of unused global pages required for the
            different installations is:

            GBLPAGES (Global Pages Unused)

            for a new        9000
            installation

            for an upgrade   5000
            installation

            If you want to take advantage of the CDA support provided
            in ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, you need to ensure that
            you have an extra 750 unused global pages, for both new
            and upgrade installation.

            If the number of unused global pages shown in the display
            is less than the required amount, increase it as follows:

             a Calculate the value of GBLPAGES as follows:

                o If you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 but do
                  not install Message Router, the number of global
                  pages is:

                  9000 + the allowance for global buffers

                  For each system file, calculate the allowance for
                  global buffers as follows:

                  number of global buffers x maximum bucket size

                  See the chapter on ALL-IN-1 STARTER tuning in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for the formulas used to
                  determine the global buffer counts.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-31

 



                  On a default system, the ATTENDEE.DAT file has a
                  bucket size of 2. Other system files have a bucket
                  size of 4. Thus, for an installation that uses these
                  default values, the formula for calculating the
                  allowance for global buffers is as follows:

                  4(n+1) + 4(n+1) + 4(n+1) + 2(n+1) + 4(5)

                  n is the number of ALL-IN-1 STARTER users. For
                  example, for an installation using the default
                  values on a system with 100 users, the number of
                  global pages is:

                  9000 + 4(101) + 4(101) + 4(101) + 2(101) + 20
                  = 9000 + 404 + 404 + 404 + 202 + 20
                  = 10434

                o If you install Message Router as well as ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER, add an extra 3500 blocks to the result of
                  this calculation

             b Edit the file SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT, and include the
               following line:

               ADD_GBLPAGES = increase-value

                  increase-value is the amount by which you want to
                  increase the setting of this parameter.

               For example, if you want to increase the value by 60,
               enter:

               ADD_GBLPAGES = 60

          2 Exit from the Install Utility as follows:

              INSTALL> EXIT

          3 Run the System Generation Utility as follows:

              $ RUN SYS$SYSTEM:SYSGEN






      1-32  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          4 Display the current value of global sections as follows:

              SYSGEN> USE CURRENT
              SYSGEN> SHOW GBLSECTIONS

            The system displays the current value of global sections
            in the first column.

            To find the number of unused global sections, subtract the
            number of global sections used (as shown by the Install
            Utility) from the current value (as shown by the System
            Generation Utility).

            The number of global sections required for the different
            installations is:

            for a new installa-   45
            tion

            for an upgrade        30
            installation

            If you want to take advantage of the CDA support provided
            in ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, you need to ensure that
            you have an extra 25 unused global sections, for both new
            and upgrade installation.

            To increase the value of global sections, edit the file
            SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT, and include the following line:

            ADD_GBLSECTIONS = increase-value

               increase-value is the amount by which you want to
               increase the setting of this parameter.

            For example, if you want to increase the value by 10,
            enter:

            ADD_GBLSECTIONS=10

          5 Check the number of global page-file sections as follows:

              SYSGEN> SHOW GBLPAGFIL

            The current value for GBLPAGFIL should be high enough to
            allow for the maximum number of global buffers allocated
            on the system.

            It is not possible to display the current value for
            GBLPAGFIL. The value displayed by entering the SHOW
            command is the value at the last reboot.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-33

 



            If the value of GBLPAGFIL is not high enough, it causes
            the Fetcher and Sender jobs of Electronic Messaging, or
            other parts of ALL-IN-1 STARTER, to fail.












































      1-34  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



            If the Sender and Fetcher jobs fail, the following error
            message is placed in the Sender and Fetcher log file:

            System Service $CRMPSC failed to map global buffers

            If other parts of ALL-IN-1 STARTER fail, this error
            message may be displayed on your screen.

            To increase the value of GBLPAGFIL, edit the file
            SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT and include the following line:

            ADD_GBLPAGFIL = increase-value

               increase-value is the amount by which you want to
               increase the setting of this parameter.

            For example, if you want to increase the value by 60,
            enter:

            ADD_GBLPAGFIL = 60

         1.8.13  Check the System Parameter Values

         Display the current system parameter settings using the
         following command:

           SYSGEN> SHOW /ALL

         Alternatively, show each system parameter setting separately
         using the following command:

           SYSGEN> SHOW parameter

         parameter is the parameter you want to examine. Table 1-4
         lists the minimum required system parameter values for
         the installation. Depending on the kinds of programs and
         applications running at your site, you might need higher
         values for some settings. If necessary, modify the parameters
         (as described in Step 2 or 3 of this section) to at least
         these values.







                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-35

 



         Table 1-4    Required System Parameter Values

         _____________________________________________________________
         System_Parameter_____________Value___________________________

         LOCKIDTBL                    340
         MAXBUF                (D)    5000
         PIOPAGES                     350
         PQL_DENQLM            (D)    150
         PQL_MENQLM            (D)    150
         PROCSECTCNT                  45
         RESHASHTBL                   85
         RMS_DFMBC             (D)    16
         RMS_DFMBFIDX          (D)    2
         STARTUP_P1                   null
         TTY_TYPAHDSZ                 1500
         VIRTUALPAGECNT               16385
         _____________________________________________________________
         (D)   Dynamic system parameters
         _____________________________________________________________

         You must ensure that the system parameter STARTUP_P1 is null
         before installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         You need not modify the MAXBUF parameter at this point. If
         this parameter is too low, the installation displays an
         appropriate message and then continues. However, you must
         set MAXBUF to at least the value given in Table 1-4 before
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER is used.

      Note If you integrate any other software with ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
         you must increase the SYSGEN parameter PROCSECTCNT by at
         least five. This makes sure that shared images are accessible
         during installation.

          1 Press CTRL/Z to leave SYSGEN.

          2 Modify the following parameters as necessary:

               PQL_DENQLM
               PQL_MENQLM
               RMS_DFMBC
               RMS_DFMBFIDX
               TTY_TYPAHDSZ

            To modify these system parameters edit the file
            SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT and specify new parameter values.
            Use assignment statements of the form:

            parameter = parameter-value

      1-36  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



            parameter is the name of the parameter you want to change
            and parameter-value is the setting you want to change it
            to.

            For example, if RMS_DFMBFIDX is currently set to 1, which
            is not sufficient for running ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you must
            increase it as follows:

            RMS_DFMBFIDX = 2

          3 Change the the following parameters, as necessary:

               LOCKIDTBL
               MAXBUF
               PIOPAGES
               PROCSECTCNT
               RESHASHTBL
               VIRTUALPAGECNT

            To modify these system parameters edit the file
            SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT. Include a line of the following
            format for each parameter to be changed:

            ADD_parameter = increase-value

             o parameter is the name of the parameter you want to
               change

             o increase-value is the amount by which you want to
               increase the setting of this parameter.

            For example, if you want to increase the value of
            LOCKIDTBL by 60, enter:

            ADD_LOCKIDTBL=60

         1.8.14  Changing System Parameter Values with AUTOGEN

         If you have changed only dynamic system parameters, you need
         not reboot your system. In this case, do the following:

          1 Run AUTOGEN as follows:

              $ @SYS$UPDATE:AUTOGEN SAVPARAMS SETPARAMS

          2 Write the changes to the current system:

              $ @SYS$SYSTEM:SYSGEN
              SYSGEN> USE CURRENT
              SYSGEN> WRITE ACTIVE

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-37

 



         If you changed the values of any of your non-dynamic system
         parameters in the previous steps, do the following:

          1 Set AGEN$SHUTDOWN_TIME to a value greater than
            SHUTDOWN$MINIMUM_MINUTES:

              $ DEFINE/SYSTEM/EXECUTIVE_MODE AGEN$SHUTDOWN_TIME shutdown_time

          2 Run AUTOGEN to recompute the system parameters:

              $ @SYS$UPDATE:AUTOGEN SAVPARAMS REBOOT

            AUTOGEN performs an automatic shutdown and reboot when it
            has finished. See the VMS manual describing the Autogen
            Utility.

      Note The system must have been running at least 24 hours for
         these commands to work. If your system has been running for
         less than 24 hours add the parameter NOFEEDBACK at the end of
         each AUTOGEN command.

         1.8.15  Process Account Quotas

         Ensure that process quotas are adequate.

         The account you use to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4 must have sufficient quotas to allow you to perform
         the installation. Table 1-5 summarizes the process quotas
         required to perform the installation.

         Table 1-5    Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                      Account

         _____________________________________________________________
         Account_Quota_________Value__________________________________

         ASTLM                 100
         BIOLM                 50
         BYTLM                 36000
         DIOLM                 50
         ENQLM                 200
         FILLM                 100
         JTQUOTA               1024
         PGFLQUOTA             20000
         _____________________________________________________________
         +  The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
         the WSDEFAULT value.

                                              (continued on next page)

      1-38  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Table 1-5 (Cont.)    Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                              Account

         _____________________________________________________________
         Account_Quota_________Value__________________________________

         PRCLM                 10
         TQELM                 50
         WSDEFAULT             600+
         WSEXTENT              2048
         WSQUOTA               800
         _____________________________________________________________
         +  The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
         the WSDEFAULT value.
         _____________________________________________________________

         When you create user accounts for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4 the process quotas are set to the appropriate values. See
         the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details.

         If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, you
         must set the process quotas to at least the values listed in
         Table 1-5 for all the users on your current ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         system.

         To increase the process account quotas use the Authorize
         Utility.

      Note If you integrate any other software with ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
         you must increase the quota values according to the
         requirements of the software.

         You can change the process quotas for an account even if
         a user is logged in to the account. However, if a user is
         logged in, that user must log out and log back in again for
         the process quotas to become active.

         1.8.16  Disk Space

         Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 requires a certain
         amount of free storage space during the installation. Once
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, less storage space
         is required.

         The amount of disk space available on the system disk
         determines the mode of installation. The installation runs in
         either Safety or Non-Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1).

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-39

 



         The minimum disk space required on the system disk during
         installation depends on whether you are installing ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 on the system disk only, or across
         several disks. To determine the minimum disk space required
         on the system disk, add together the values given in
         the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation and ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part
         3 Market Installation.

         1.8.16.1  Installation Modes

         The installation runs in one of two modes, depending on how
         many blocks are available on the system disk:

          o Safety mode

            If you have a minimum of 75,000 free blocks on your system
            disk, the installation is performed in Safety mode. All
            the files are transferred from the media to a working
            area on the system disk before they are moved to their
            target directories. If you are performing a system disk
            installation, the installation is always carried out in
            Safety mode.

            If a failure occurs before the files start to be moved to
            target directories, VMSINSTAL deletes the working area so
            that you can restart the installation.

         Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
            structures that are created.

















      1-40  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          o Non-Safety mode

            In Non-Safety mode each file is transferred from the media
            to a working directory on the system disk. After each file
            is transferred it is moved to its target directory, before
            the next file is transferred.

            If you choose to install in Non-safety mode, the minimum
            required free blocks during installation on your system
            disk is 15,000 free blocks. This space is required to
            restore savesets.

            If a failure occurs during a Non-Safety mode installation,
            some files have already been copied to their target
            directories. Therefore, cleaning up the target disks
            involves more work than for Safety mode.

         1.8.16.2  ALL-IN-1 Areas

         To ease the management of ALL-IN-1 STARTER you can choose
         to split ALL-IN-1 STARTER across several disks; each disk
         containing an ALL-IN-1 area. The ALL-IN-1 areas are:

          o ALL-IN-1 manager's account. This account includes
            the IVPUSER, MGR, POSTMASTE, TRANSFER_INCOMING and
            TRANSFER_OUTGOING directories

          o Shared library files

          o Shared data files

          o Language files

          o Mail area shared document attributes file SDAF file
            OA$SHARE:OA$DAF_E.DAT. Mail area E is created during a new
            installation.

          o Shared directories SHAREnnnn, where nnnn is a number in
            the range 1 to 9999. Shared directories for Mail area E
            are created during a new installation.

         An example of the directory structure for a multiple-disk
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER system is given in Appendix C.

         Space is provided in Table 1-6 for you to enter the disk
         space requirements of each ALL-IN-1 area. See the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation for
         the disk space required by all areas except for the language
         files. See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2
         Language Installation for the disk space required by the
         language files.

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-41

 



      Note The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation and ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3
         Market Installation also give the disk space requirements if
         WPS-PLUS is incorporated and if WPS-PLUS is not incorporated.

         If you want more than one area on the same disk, the disk
         space required is the total for those areas.








































      1-42  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      Table 1-6    Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1 Areas

      ________________________________________________________________
      ALL-IN-1 Area     _______Disk_Space_Requirements_(blocks)_______

                                         Upgrade from     Update of
                        New ALL-IN-1     ALL-IN-1         ALL-IN-1
      __________________STARTER_V2.4_____STARTER_V1.0_____STARTER_V2.4

      System files*

      Manager's
      account+

      Shared library
      files

      Shared data
      files

      Mail area SDAF    1,000
      file

      Shared            n x 1000
      directories

      Language
      files++:

       (1)

       (2)

      ________________________________________________________________
      *  These are the files that are installed in the SYS$MANAGER,
         SYS$LIBRARY, SYS$MESSAGE and SYS$HELP directories (see
         Appendix C)

      +  This figure includes the [.IVPUSER], [.MGR], [.POSTMASTE],
         [.TRANSFER_INCOMING] and [.TRANSFER_OUTGOING] directories.

      n  is the number of shared directories specified during the
         installation.

      ++ See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2
         Language Installation for the language(s) that you are
         installing

                                              (continued on next page)

                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-43

 



      Table 1-6 (Cont.)    Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1
                           Areas

      ________________________________________________________________
      ALL-IN-1 Area     _______Disk_Space_Requirements_(blocks)_______

                                         Upgrade from     Update of
                        New ALL-IN-1     ALL-IN-1         ALL-IN-1
      __________________STARTER_V2.4_____STARTER_V1.0_____STARTER_V2.4

       (3)

       (4)

       (5)

       (6)

       (7)

       (8)

       (9)

      (10)
      ________________________________________________________________
      *  These are the files that are installed in the SYS$MANAGER,
         SYS$LIBRARY, SYS$MESSAGE and SYS$HELP directories (see
         Appendix C)

      +  This figure includes the [.IVPUSER], [.MGR], [.POSTMASTE],
         [.TRANSFER_INCOMING] and [.TRANSFER_OUTGOING] directories.

      n  is the number of shared directories specified during the
         installation.

      ++ See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2
         Language Installation for the language(s) that you are
         installing
      ________________________________________________________________

         If you decide to keep a record of the installation in a log
         file, add at least 200 blocks to the disk space determined in
         steps 1 to 3.

         If you are installing an additional language you need the
         minimum amount of free blocks given in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for that
         language.

      1-44  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you want more than one ALL-IN-1 area on the same disk, the
         minimum disk space required is the total for those areas.

      Note If you only have the minimum amount of recommended free
         space, and your system crashes during installation, or if
         the installation fails, the software will be only partially
         installed. For this reason, Digital recommends that you back
         up your system disk, and all target disks for a multiple disk
         installation, before installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         If all areas of ALL-IN-1 STARTER are going to be installed
         on the system disk, ensure that there are enough free blocks
         on the system disk by issuing the SHOW DEVICE command, for
         example:

         $ SHOW DEVICE SYS$SYSDEVICE

         If the areas of ALL-IN-1 STARTER are to be installed on a
         disk or disks other than the system disk, ensure that these
         disks have enough free blocks by issuing the SHOW DEVICE
         command. For example:

         $ SHOW DEVICE disk

         where disk is the name of the disk that will hold the
         ALL-IN-1 areas.

         1.8.17  Check Your Site-Specific Startup Procedures

         If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, and
         you have created site-specific startup procedures (that is,
         AS010_SITE_START.COM and OA$SITE_language_START.COM), do the
         following:

          1 Check your site-specific startup command procedure(s) for
            any commands that change the configuration of ALL-IN-1
            STARTER. You may wish to change the configuration during
            the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, for
            example, if you re-link ALL-IN-1 STARTER to incorporate
            WPS-PLUS and so on.

          2 If you want to keep your site-specific startup command
            procedure A1V23_SITE_START.COM, you must rename it to
            A1V24_SITE_START.COM after the installation (see
            Section 10.10.3).


                      Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  1-45

 



         1.8.18  Checklist of Information Required for Installation

         Before you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 you should
         know what answers you are going to give to the questions
         asked during the installation. Refer to the table of steps
         in the chapter appropriate to the installation you are going
         to perform. This table indicates which steps are required
         for that installation. Full descriptions of the steps are
         described in Chapter 9. Place a tick in the box for each of
         the steps required by your installation and enter your answer
         to the prompt(s) in that step in the space provided.

          o If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, and
            you do not have any other version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER, see
            Chapter 3

          o If you are installing an additional language, see
            Chapter 4

          o If you are upgrading your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0
            system to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, see Chapter 5

          o If you are upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0
            additional language to an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            additional language, see Chapter 6

          o If you are updating your existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
            2.4 system, see Chapter 7

          o If you are updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            additional language, see Chapter 8

         1.8.19  License Management Utility Requirements

         You must register and load your license for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 before you start the installation in order to
         install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         For more information on the VMS License Management Facility,
         see the VMS License Management Facility documentation.







      1-46  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 









                                                                     2
      ________________________________________________________________

                                    Accessing the Online Release Notes




         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 provides online Release Notes.
         The Release Notes contain information that was unavailable
         before the books went to print. It is important to read the
         Release Notes, because they may contain information relating
         to the installation.

         There are two parts to the Release Notes:

          o Release Notes Part 1 Language

            This part contains the release notes specific to the
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 international base component
            and to the language being installed, and is on the tape
            labeled:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 language BIN
            media_type Release Notes Part 1
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            language is the name of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            language component to be installed, and media_type is
            16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.











                               Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-1

 



          o Release Notes Part 2 Market

            This part contains the release notes specific to your
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 market component, and is on
            the tape labeled:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 market BIN
            media_type Release Notes Part 2
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            market is the name of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            Market component to be installed.

         Note This document may not exist for all market components.

      2.1   Accessing the Release Notes

         To access the Release Notes:

          1 Log in to the privileged VMS system manager's account.

          2 Establish the following default directory:

      $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE

          3 Enter the following command:

      $ @VMSINSTAL product device: OPTIONS N

            product is the product code:

               ASLRlang024 for the Release Notes Part 1 Language
               or
               ASCRmarket024 for the Release Notes Part 2 Market

            device is the device on which the tape containing the
            appropriate version of the Release Notes is mounted.

            The following message is displayed:

      VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V<version>.
      It is <dd-mmm-yyyy> at <hh:mm>.

            <dd-mmm-yyy> and <hh:mm> are the current date and time,
            and <version> is the version of VMS that your system is
            running.

            Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

      2-2  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 



          4 If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, and your DECnet
            network is running, the following message is displayed:

      %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, your DECnet network is up and running.
      * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

            Enter YES and press RETURN.

          5 If other users are accessing the system, the following
            message appears:

      %VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE,The following processes are still active
      <process_name>
         .
         .
         .
      * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

            <process_name> refers to the process name of a user logged
            in to the system.

            As you are only printing the Release Notes, it is safe to
            continue. Enter YES and press RETURN.

          6 VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?

            As you are only printing the Release Notes, it is safe to
            continue, so press RETURN.

          7 VMSINSTAL then prompts you to mount the distribution
            media:

            Please mount the first volume of the set on <device>:

            where <device> is the device you specified.

            The Release Notes are in two parts, one part on each of
            the distribution media labeled as follows:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 language BIN
            media_type Release Notes Part 1
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            and

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 market BIN
            media_type Release Notes Part 2
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

                               Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-3

 



            where language is the name of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
            2.4 language component to be installed, market is the name
            of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 Market component to be
            installed, and media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a
            TK50 cartridge.

            If you are performing an additional language installation,
            you need only print the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes
            Part 1 Language that is supplied with your kit.

            VMSINSTAL displays:

            * Are you ready?

            At this prompt, mount the first volume of the distribution
            medium. (If you are unfamiliar with the loading of media,
            refer to the VMS software intsallation documentation.)

            When you have mounted the volume, enter YES and press
            RETURN. VMSINSTAL tries to mount the distribution volume.
            If it succeeds, a message is displayed, for example:

            %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS<n>024 mounted on <device>:

            where <n> is 3 for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part
            1 Language and 2 for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes
            Part 2 Market, and <device> is the device where the media
            is mounted.

            The following message is then displayed:

      The following products will be processed:
      <name> V2.4
      Beginning installation of <name> V2.4 at <hh:mm>

            where <hh:mm> is the current time and <name> is:

             o ASLRlanguage for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes
               Part 1 Language

             o ASCRmarket for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part
               2 Market

          8 VMSINSTAL displays:

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...

      Release Notes Options:

      2-4  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 



      1  Display Release Notes
      2  Print Release Notes
      3  Both 1 and 2
      4  Copy release notes to SYS$HELP
      5  Do not display, print, or copy the release notes

      * Select option [3]:

            Enter the number of the option that you require.

            If you enter 2, or 3, to print the Release Notes, the
            following message is displayed:

      * Queue name [SYS$PRINT]:

            Press RETURN if you want to print the Release Notes on
            SYS$PRINT. If you do not want to print on SYS$PRINT, enter
            the name of the printer queue you want to use.

            The following message is then displayed:

      * Do you want to continue the installation [N]?

            Press RETURN to accept the default answer of NO.

            The following messages are displayed:

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product Release Notes have been
          successfully moved to SYS$HELP.
      Installation of <name> V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>
      VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

            where <hh:mm> is the current time and <name> is:

               ASLRlanguage for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes
               Part 1 Language
               ASCRmarket for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part
               2 Market

         If you have accessed only one part of the Release Notes,
         repeat steps 3 to 8 for the other part.

         If you chose to print the Release Notes, or copy them to
         SYS$HELP, the following files are placed in SYS$HELP:

          o ASLRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES, for the Release Notes Part 1
            Language

                               Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-5

 



          o ASCRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES, for the Release Notes Part 2
            Market

      Note It is important to read the Release Notes before installing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER.










































      2-6  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 









                                                                     3
      ________________________________________________________________

                         Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System




         This chapter explains how to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4 if you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER as a new system.

      3.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          2 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation (see Section 1.8.18). Refer to this checklist
            during the installation.

         You must have the base, language, and market components to
         install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

      3.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed.

          o The name of the device where the distribution media are
            to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

                    Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  3-1

 



      3.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      3.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

      3.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
         structures that are created.

      3.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

      3-2  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 can be installed only on systems
         running VMS Version 5.1, or higher. If your system does not
         have the correct version of VMS an error message is displayed
         as follows:

           $A1-F-V50VMS-1, Incorrect VMS version. Please upgrade to VMS
                 Version 5.1
           $A1-F-V50VMS-2, before installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER version 2.4.

         Upgrade your system to VMS Version 5.1, or higher, before
         installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

      3.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 3-1 lists the steps required for a new installation of
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.







                    Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  3-3

 



         Table 3-1    Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1 Version
                      2.4 System

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
         8     Specify the market code required by this installation
         9     Specify the language code required by this installation
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

         12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
               PLUS
         13    Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is installed
         14    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
               language system

         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
         16    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
               users
         17    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
         18    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
               messages to and from other systems

         19    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
               to use is on this node or another node
         20    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
         21    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
         22    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
               mailbox

         23    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
               WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
         24    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites

                                              (continued on next page)



      3-4  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



         Table 3-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1
                              Version 2.4 System

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         25    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library
               files
         26    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data
               files

         27    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 language files
         28    Specify the device to use for the ALL-IN-1 mail area
               SDAF file
         29    Indicate how many shared directories you would like
         30    Specify a device for each shared directory
         31    Identify or create the VMS account for ALL-IN-1

         33    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS
               account
         34    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
               accounts
         35    Specify the UIC for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account
         36    Specify the device and directory for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's VMS account

         37    Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
               accounts
         38    Specify the directory to hold the shared library files,
               in OA$LIB
         39    Specify the directory to hold the shared data files, in
               OA$DATA
         40    Specify the directory to hold the language files
         41    Specify the directory to hold the mail area SDAF file
               OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT

         42    Specify the directory to hold the shared directories,
               OA$SHAREnnn
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         44    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your


                    Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  3-5

 



         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.

      3.8   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

           The AS V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

           %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for AS V2.4 has failed.

         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.
         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

      3-6  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



         3.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command file
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile it if you received any error
            messages when the startup command file was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.







                    Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  3-7

 



          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

            Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
            ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.





































      3-8  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 









                                                                     4
      ________________________________________________________________

             Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         This chapter explains how to install a new additional
         language.

      4.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part 1
            Language (see Section 2.1)

          2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 STARTER logical names point to
            system root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be
            defined as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

          4 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation given in Section 1.8.18. Refer to this
            checklist during the installation.

          5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
            installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER startup command file (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
            before you start the installation.

         You need only the required language component to install an
         additional ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 language.





        Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  4-1

 



      4.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed.

          o The name of the device where the distribution medium
            is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

      4.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      4.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.







      4-2  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      4.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
         structures that are created.

      4.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.

      4.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 4-1 lists the steps required for an additional language
         installation.


        Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  4-3

 



         Table 4-1    Steps Required for an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language
                      Installation

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
         27    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 language files

         32    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
               account
         40    Specify the directory to hold the language files
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your
         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.

      4.8   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of ASL<lang> V2.4 has
         failed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

      The A1L<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

      %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1L<lang> V2.4 has failed.

         where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

      4-4  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.
         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

         4.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

        Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  4-5

 



          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
            TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile them if you received any error
            messages when the startup command procedure was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

            where lang is the name of the language being installed.

            Manually execute each IVP as described in the ALL-IN-1
            Management Guide.

         Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
            optional language being installed and also tests the
            international base system.







      4-6  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 









                                                                     5
      ________________________________________________________________

         Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         This chapter explains how to upgrade from ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

      5.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 STARTER logical names point to
            system root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be
            defined as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

          3 If you have carried out any permitted modifications (for
            example, to template files) to your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 1.0 system, save the modifications in an area
            that is not used by ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          4 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation given in Section 1.8.18. Refer to this
            checklist during the installation.

          5 Rename the training file OA$CBI_language:CBIMGSFIF.DAT to
            OA$CBI_language:CBIAGSFIF.DAT, for each language component
            installed on your system. Otherwise, the IVPs will fail.

          6 Run the following command procedure to set up the correct
            environment for the upgrade installation:

            SYS$MANAGER:AS010_PRE_V23UPGRADE.COM


    Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  5-1

 



          7 To allow for a future upgrade to the full ALL-IN-1 Version
            2.4 system, modify the ALL-IN-1 manager's account details
            to include access to OA$LIB:CM as follows:

             a Create a script, for example STARTER_MODIFY.SCP,
               containing the following:

               WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER='MANAGER', -
               FRMLIB='OA$LIB:MANAGER,OA$LIB:ADMIN,OA$LIB:CM'

             b Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's account, and enter the
               following command:

                 <DO directory:STARTER_MODIFY

               where directory is the directory containing STARTER_
               MODIFY.SCP.

             c Exit ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

         You must have the base, language, and market components to
         upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 system to ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4.

      Note Upgrading to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 also upgrades
         your default language. If you have a multi-language ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system, you will be unable to use your additional
         languages until you have upgraded them; you can still use
         your default language. In this case, you must run only the
         IVP for the default language.

      5.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed

          o The name of the device where the distribution media are
            to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

      5-2  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      5.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      5.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

      5.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      5.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

    Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  5-3

 



          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.

      5.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 5-1 lists the step required to upgrade your ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 1.0 system to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         Table 5-1    Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                      V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
         8     Specify the market code required by this installation
         9     Specify the language code required by this installation
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

         11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
               replaced by the installation

                                              (continued on next page)

      5-4  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Table 5-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1
                              STARTER V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                              V2.4

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
               PLUS
         13    Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is installed

         14    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
               language system
         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
         16    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
               users
         17    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
         18    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
               messages to and from other systems

         19    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
               to use is on this node or another node
         20    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
         21    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
         22    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
               mailbox
         23    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
               WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII

         24    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
         32    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
               account
         34    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Transfer User
               accounts
         37    Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
               accounts
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         44    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your
         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.


    Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  5-5

 



         You must now upgrade any additional languages that were
         installed with your (ALL-IN-1) STARTER Version 1.0 system. A
         separate installation is required for each of the additional
         languages on your system (see Chapter 6).

      5.8   Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue

         You must stop and restart the OA$FORMATTER queue by entering
         the following commands:

           $ STOP /QUEUE /NEXT OA$FORMATTER
           $ START /QUEUE OA$FORMATTER

      5.9   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

           The AS V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

           %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for AS V2.4 has failed.

         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.

      5-6  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

         5.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile it if you received any error
            messages when the startup command procedure was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

    Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  5-7

 



            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

            Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
            ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.









































      5-8  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 









                                                                     6
      ________________________________________________________________

         Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                                                        V2.4 Languages




         This chapter explains how to upgrade an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 1.0 additional language to an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 additional language

      6.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part 1
            Language (see Section 2.1)

          2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 STARTER logical names point to
            system root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be
            defined as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

          4 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation given in Section 1.8.18. Refer to this
            checklist during the installation.

          5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
            installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
            before you start the installation.

         You need only the required language component to upgrade
         an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 additional language to an
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional language.


 STARTER        V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages  6-1

 



      Note You must upgrade your main ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0
         system to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 before upgrading the
         languages. See Chapter 5.

      6.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed.

          o The name of the device where the distribution medium
            is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

      6.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      6.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.



      6-2  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages

 



      6.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
         structures that are created.

      6.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.

      6.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 6-1 lists the steps required for upgrading an ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 1.0 additional language to an ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 additional language.

 STARTER        V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages  6-3

 



         Table 6-1    Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                      V1.0 Language

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
         11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
               replaced by the installation
         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
         24    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
         32    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
               account
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your
         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.

      6.8   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of ASL<lang> V2.4 has
         failed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

         where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

      6-4  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages

 



          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.
         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

         6.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile it if you received any error
            messages when the startup command procedure was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

 STARTER        V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages  6-5

 



          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

            where lang is the name of the language being installed.

            Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
            ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

         Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
            optional language being installed and also tests the
            international base system.
















      6-6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages

 









                                                                     7
      ________________________________________________________________

                     Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System




         This chapter explains how to update your existing ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 system. You can update your ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 system if you decide to change the
         configuration, or an ALL-IN-1 STARTER component is revised by
         Digital.

      7.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 STARTER logical names point to
            system root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be
            defined as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

          3 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation given in Section 1.8.18. Refer to this
            checklist during the installation.

          4 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
            installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
            before you start the installation.

         You must have the base, language, and market components to
         update ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.





                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  7-1

 



      7.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed

          o The name of the device where the distribution media are
            to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

      7.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      7.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

      7.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      7-2  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



      7.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

          o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
            [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
            -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.











                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  7-3

 



      7.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 7-1 lists the step required to update your existing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system.

         Table 7-1    Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                      STARTER V2.4 System

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
         8     Specify the market code required by this installation
         9     Specify the language code required by this installation
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

         12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
               PLUS
         14    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
               language system
         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
         16    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
               users
         17    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
         18    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
               messages to and from other systems
         19    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
               to use is on this node or another node

         20    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
         21    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
         23    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
               WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
         24    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites

                                              (continued on next page)



      7-4  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



         Table 7-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required for Updating an Existing
                              ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         32    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
               account
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         44    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your
         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.

      7.8   Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue

         The OA$FORMATTER queue is restarted if you elected to run the
         IVP during the installation. If you did not elect to run the
         IVP, you must restart the OA$FORMATTER queue by entering the
         following command:

           $ START /QUEUE OA$FORMATTER

      7.9   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

           The AS V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

           %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for AS V2.4 has failed.

         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  7-5

 



          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.
         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

         7.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile it if you received any error
            messages when the startup command procedure was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

      7-6  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System

 



          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

            Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
            ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.






















                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 System  7-7

 









                                                                     8
      ________________________________________________________________

                            Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language




         This chapter explains how to update an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 language.

      8.1   Before You Start

         Before you start the installation procedure:

          1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Release Notes Part 1
            Language (see Section 2.1)

          2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
            tions (see Section 1.8).

          3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 STARTER logical names point to
            system root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be
            defined as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

          4 Complete the checklist of information required for
            installation given in Section 1.8.18. Refer to this
            checklist during the installation.

          5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
            installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
            before you start the installation.

         You need only the required language component to update an
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional language.





                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language  8-1

 



      8.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

         VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
         optional software products on the VMS operating system.
         VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

          o The name of the product(s) being installed.

          o The name of the device where the distribution medium
            is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
            logical device name.

         VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
         medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
         installation.

      8.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
           System

         A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

         A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
         Appendix C.

      8.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

         The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the
         installation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as
         part of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs
         the IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure
         that ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

         After ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, you can
         run the IVP independently to verify that the software is
         available on your system. You might also want to run the
         IVP after a system failure to ensure that users can access
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP
         are given in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.







      8-2  Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language

 



      8.5   Aborting the Installation

         To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
         CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
         being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
         installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
         that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
         the beginning.

      Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
         structures that are created.

      8.6   Warning and Error Messages

         The following warning and error messages may be displayed
         during the installation:

          o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
            created for <filename>

            where <filename> is the full file specification for the
            image that is to be created.

          o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

         These messages can be ignored.

         The following informational and error messages are displayed
         when the IVP is run:

          o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
            -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

          o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

          o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
            THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

         These messages are due to various tests being performed by
         the IVP.

      8.7   The Installation Procedure

         Table 8-1 lists the steps required for updating an existing
         language.


                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language  8-3

 



         Table 8-1    Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                      STARTER V2.4 Language

         _____________________________________________________________
         STEP__Title__________________________________________________

         1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
         2     DECnet status
         3     Active processes
         4     System backup
         5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

         6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
         10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
               ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
         11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
               replaced by the installation
         15    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1

         24    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
         32    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
               account
         43    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
         45    Wait for the installation to complete
         46____Complete_installation__________________________________

         The steps are described in Chapter 9. Before starting
         the installation, indicate the steps required for your
         installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
         steps.

      8.8   Error Recovery

         If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
         IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
         installation fails, the following message is displayed:

         %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of ASL<lang> V2.4 has
         failed.

         where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

         If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

      The ASL<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

      %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for ASL<lang> V2.4 has failed.

      8-4  Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language

 



         Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
         following conditions exist:

          o The operating system version is incorrect

          o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

          o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o System parameter values for successful installation are
            insufficient

          o The VMS help library is currently in use

          o The product is not properly licensed

          o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
            not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

         For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
         conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
         procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
         notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
         take the appropriate action as described in the message.
         (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
         an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
         requirements, see Chapter 1.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.

         8.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

         If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

          o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
            have occurred during installation.

          o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not contain
            the results of the IVP, but the results of invoking
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER when running the IVPs. This file is in
            the directory where you run the installation, usually
            SYS$MANAGER.

          o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
            SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
            logical names and form libraries have been successfully
            installed.

                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language  8-5

 



          o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
            successfully and recompile it if you received any error
            messages when the startup command procedure was run.

          o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
            containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
            manual describing VMS utilities).

          o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
            correctly, as follows:

             - All the ALL-IN-1 STARTER privileges are set to YES.

             - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
               subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
               manager's account. For example, using the installation
               defaults would give:

               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

             - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
               ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

          o Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER and try to use those areas that
            failed during the IVP to find more information on the
            error.

            Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

            where lang is the name of the language being installed.

            Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
            ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

         Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
            optional language being installed and also tests the
            international base system.








      8-6  Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Language

 









                                                                     9
      ________________________________________________________________

                   Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         This chapter contains a complete list of the steps required
         for installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. The steps
         required depend on the type of installation you are
         performing (see the chapter for the type of installation
         you are going to perform (Chapters 3 to 8).

         Indicate the steps required for your type of installation by
         placing a tick in the box for each of those steps.

         For those steps that require you to input information, enter
         the information in the space provided, before you start the
         installation.

      9.1   Installation Steps

         During the installation procedure a number of cautionary
         messages and general information messages, which are not
         documented here, are displayed. Read all messages carefully
         and follow the advice they offer.

         Each question in the installation is marked with an asterisk
         (*) at the beginning of the line. If you are unsure how
         to answer a question, enter a question mark (?). The
         installation procedure displays explanatory text.

      Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
         tion from the beginning.






              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-1

 



         STEP 1: Invoke VMSINSTAL


         To start the installation, log in to the privileged VMS
         system
         manager's account, and enter the following command:

           $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE

         If you are performing a new, upgrade, or update installation,
         enter:

           $ @VMSINSTAL AS024 device:

         If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
         updating an existing language, enter:

           $ @VMSINSTAL ASLlang024 device:

         device is the device on which the distribution media are to
         be mounted. You can use either a physical or logical device
         name. Logical device names must not begin with A1$ or OA$.

         AS024 is the product identifier for the full ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 system.

         ASLlang024 is the product identifier for the language to be
         installed.

         For example, enter the following command if you are
         performing a new, upgrade or update installation:

           $ @VMSINSTAL AS024 TAPE0

      Note Do not use the command @VMSINSTAL * device:, since this
         causes VMSINSTAL to install the products from the kit in the
         incorrect order.

         If you omit these items, you are prompted for the product
         identifier and device.

         The following messages are displayed:

              VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V<version>

      It is <dd-mmm-yyyy> at <hh:mm>
      Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

         <version> is the version of VMS that you are running on your
         system

         <dd-mmm-yyyy> and <hh:mm> are the current date and time

      9-2  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, and any
         users are logged in to your system, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 3.

         If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, and no
         users are logged in to your system, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 4.


         STEP 2: DECnet status

         If your system is running VMS Verison 5.1, and your DECnet
         network is running, the following message is displayed:

      %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and running.
      * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

         Enter YES to continue.

         If you want to use a local Message Router and it is not
         running, press RETURN. VMSINSTAL aborts. Start the Message
         Router and restart the installation.

      Note If you want to use Mail directory addressing, make sure
         that the Message Router Directory Service is running on your
         system.

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a multiple-
         environment cluster, the Message Router Directory Service
         must be running on the part on which you are installing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see Section 1.6.2.1).

         STEP 3: Active Processes


         If no users are accessing the system, or you respond YES to
         the prompt
         in STEP 2, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 4.

         If other users are accessing the system, the following
         message appears:








              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-3

 



      %VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE, The following processes are still active
      <process_name>
         .
         .
         .
      * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

         <process_name> refers to the process name of a user logged in
         to the system.

         If the Message Router Version 3.1B software is installed on
         your system, some Message Router processes will be active,
         for example, MRLOGGER and
         MR$T_N_1. If you intend to use Message Router with ALL-IN-1
         STARTER, do not stop these processes.

         If any active processes are due to users logged in to the
         system, it is not advisable to continue, so press RETURN to
         halt VMSINSTAL, and ask the users to log out. Once the users
         have logged out, restart the installation procedure.

         STEP 4: System Backup

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?

         If you are not satisfied, enter NO, carry out a disk backup
         and restart the installation.

         If you are satisfied, press RETURN.


         STEP 5: Load the distribution media-Sequence 1

         If you did not specify a device when invoking VMSINSTAL, the
         following
         message is displayed:

      * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted:

         Enter the device on which the media are to be mounted. You
         can use either a physical or logical device name. Logical
         device names must not begin with A1$ or OA$.



      9-4  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you did not specify the product identifier when invoking
         VMSINSTAL, the following message is displayed:

      Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution volume set:
      * Products:

         If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installation,
         enter the product identifier, AS024.

         If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
         updating an existing language, enter the product identifier,
         ASLlang024.

         If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      * Options:

         If your system is running VMS Version 5.2 (or higher),
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):

         Press RETURN to continue.

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 from
         magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge, VMSINSTAL displays:

      Please mount the first volume of the set on <device>:
      * Are you ready?

         where <device>: is the device you specified.

         Mount the first volume of the distribution media.

          _ For a new, upgrade or update installation, this is the

            volume labeled:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 BASE BIN
            media_type INTERNATIONAL BASE
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

          _ For an additional language installation, or an update of

            an existing language, this is the volume labeled:

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 language BIN
            media_type LANGUAGE COMPONENT
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

         media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.
         (If you are unfamiliar with the loading of media, refer to
         the VMS software installation documentation.)

              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-5

 



         When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL
         tries to mount the distribution volume. If it succeeds, the
         following messages are displayed:

          _ If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installa-

            tion:

                          %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on <device>:

      The following products will be processed:
        AS V2.4

              Beginning installation of AS V2.4 at <hh:mm>

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product's release notes have been successfully
           moved to SYS$HELP.

      This is LOCAL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 BASE kit

            <hh:mm> is the current time.

          _ If you are installing an additional language, upgrading or

            updating an existing language:

                          %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on <device>:

      The following products will be processed:
        ASL<lang> V2.4

              Beginning installation of ASL<lang> V2.4 at <hh:mm>

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product's release notes have been successfully
           moved to SYS$HELP.

      This is the LOCAL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 LANGUAGE-only kit

            <hh:mm> is the current time.

         STEP 6: Indicate which type of installation you wish to
         perform

         Installation type: ......

          _ If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installa-

            tion, VMSINSTAL displays:

      9-6  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 KIT, the following types of
         installation can be performed :-

              (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
              (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (4)     Installation of an additional language only
              (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (6)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language
              (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

            Press RETURN to indicate a full installation of ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4. Otherwise, enter the number
            corresponding to the type of installation you want to
            perform.

            If you are upgrading or updating a multilingual ALL-IN-1
            STARTER system, VMSINSTAL displays:

                                       ***CAUTION***
         Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After you
         have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all additional
         language systems. You will not be able to use your additional language
         systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as your base
         system.

            The installation continues at STEP 7. However, you can use
            only the language that is being installed at this time.
            You must upgrade or update the remaining languages before
            you can use them. Also, you cannot run the Installation
            Verification Procedure for the additional languages until
            you have upgraded or updated them.

            If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
            and the installation procedure could not find the file
            A1LINK.ANS, VMSINSTAL displays:

      %AS-E-NOANS, Could not find OA$BUILD:A1LINK.ANS

                                    ***CAUTION***
         The installation could not determine the state of your system. If you
         have a MULTI-LINGUAL system you must upgrade all additional languages
         after you have upgraded your base system.  You will not be able to use
         your additional language systems until they have been upgraded to the
         same version as your base system

              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-7

 



            The installation continues at STEP 7. However, if you
            are upgrading or updating from a multilingual system,
            you can use only the language that is being installed
            at this time. You must upgrade or update the remaining
            languages before you can use them. Also, you cannot run
            the Installation Verification Procedure for the additional
            languages until you have upgraded or updated them.

            Enter 7 to register the licenses. This option registers
            and loads the licenses for VAX FMS Version 2.4, Message
            Router Version 3.1B, Message Router VMSmail Gateway
            Version 3.1, CDA Converter Library Version 1.0, and VAX
            Notes Version 2.0. VMSINSTAL displays:

      %AS-I-CHKSWLIC, Checking licenses for prerequisite software
      %AS-I-CONFLICENSE. All necessary licenses are installed and loaded
      %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
      directories...
              Installation of AS V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

            VMSINSTAL exits after registering the licenses.

            Before you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, make sure
            that FMS, and if necessary, Message Router and Message
            Router VMSmail Gateway are running.

          _ If you are performing an additional language installation

            or updating an existing language, VMSINSTAL displays:

         Using the LANGUAGE only ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 KIT, the following types of
         installation can be performed :-

              (1)     Installation of an additional language only
              (2)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (3)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language

      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

            Press RETURN to indicate an additional language installa-
            tion. Otherwise, enter 2 to upgrade an existing ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 1.0 additional language, or enter 3 to
            update an existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 language.

      9-8  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         VMSINSTAL searches for the default ALL-IN-1 STARTER image,
         OA$LIB_SHARE:OA$MAIN.EXE. If it does not find this image
         (because you have renamed the image), VMSINSTAL displays:

      The main ALL-IN-1 image OA$MAIN.EXE cannot be found using its default
          specification

      * Can you provide the full file specification of the main ALL-IN-1
          image [YES]?

         Press RETURN if you know the full file specification of the
         main ALL-IN-1 STARTER image. VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What is the full file specification of the main ALL-IN-1 image:

         Enter the full file specification of the image (including the
         device and directory).

         If you do not know the full file specification, enter NO.
         VMSINSTAL exits. Find out the full file specification of your
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER image and start the installation again.

         If you are installing a full ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
         system, or are upgrading or updating an existing ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system, you may be prompted to enter a market code at
         this point if you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER from disk.
         If you see this prompt go to STEP 8.

         If you are installing an additional language, you may be
         prompted to enter a language code at this point if you are
         installing the ALL-IN-1 STARTER language from disk. If you
         see this prompt go to STEP 9.

         If you are updating an existing language, you may be prompted
         to enter a language code at this point if you are installing
         the ALL-IN-1 STARTER language from disk. If you see this
         prompt go to STEP 9.

         STEP 7: Load the distribution media-Sequence 2

         Mount the second volume of the distribution media. This is
         the volume
         labeled:



              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-9

 



         ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 market BIN
         media_type MARKET COMPONENT
         (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

          _ market is the market name

          _ media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50

            cartridge.

         See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market
         Installation.

         The following messages are displayed:

      Media <device>:AS1024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
      Dismounted media labeled AS1024. Please mount the MARKET kit media which
      is labeled AS2024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation?

         When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL tries
         to mount the distribution volume. If the distribution volume
         is mounted, the following messages are displayed:

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS2024 mounted on <device>:
      %ASC<market>-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . . .

         where <market> is the market code (see the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation).

         Mount the third volume of the distribution media. This is the
         volume labeled:

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 language BIN
         media_type LANGUAGE COMPONENT
         (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

          _ language is the language name

          _ media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge

         See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation.

         The following messages are displayed:

      9-10  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      Media <device>:AS2024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
      Dismounted media labeled AS2024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit media which is
      labeled AS3024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation?

         When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL tries
         to mount the distribution volume. If the distribution volume
         is mounted, the following messages are displayed:

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on <device>:
      %ASL<lang>-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . . .

      This is the <lang> version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

         where <lang> is the language being installed (see the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation).

         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 10.

         STEP 8: Specify the market code required by this installation

         Market code: ......................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Enter market code for this installation (up to 3 characters) [US]:

         Press RETURN to accept the default, US. Otherwise, enter the
         market code required for your installation (see the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation).

         VMSINSTAL displays the following:

      %ASC<market>-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . . .









             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-11

 



         STEP 9: Specify the language code required by this
         installation


         Language code: ..............................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      *Enter language code for this installation (up to 9 characters) [ENGLISH]:

         Press RETURN to accept the default, ENGLISH. Otherwise,
         enter the language code required for your installation (see
         the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation).

         VMSINSTAL displays the following:

      %ASL<lang>-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . . .

      This is the <language> version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

         STEP 10: Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Product Authorization Key

         Have you registered and loaded the PAK? .........

          _ If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER for the first time,

            or updating or upgrading a an ALL-IN-1 STARTER system,
            you must have a capacity or personal (subscriber) license
            registered

          _ If you have a capacity (ALLIN1-STARTER) license, and you

            want to install, update or upgrade an additional language,
            you must also have a language-specific capacity license,
            AI1-START-UI-language, where language is the name of the
            language you want to install

          _ If you have a personal (ALLIN1-STARTER-PERSONAL) license,

            you can install, update or upgrade an additional language,
            without a language-specific license

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Does this product have an authorization key registered and loaded [YES]?

      9-12  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you have not registered and loaded your product authoriza-
         tion key, you must answer NO to this question. VMSINSTAL then
         exits.

         A successful installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER depends on a
         product authorization key being registered and loaded. Please
         be certain that this has been completed before proceeding
         with the installation.

         Press RETURN if you have a product authorization key
         registered and loaded for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         If the appropriate licenses are registered and loaded,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An <license> license is installed and loaded

         where <license> is:

          _ ALLIN1-STARTER or ALLIN1-STARTER-PERSONAL if you are

            installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER for the first time, or you
            are updating or upgrading a previous version of ALL-IN-1
            STARTER.

          _ ALLIN1-STARTER-PERSONAL or AI1-START-UI-language if you

            are installing, updating, or upgrading an additional
            language

         VMSINSTAL then checks for all prerequisite software licenses:

      %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software

         If a license already exists, and the installation updates the
         license with a more up-to-date version, the following message
         is displayed:

      %LICENSE-I-ALREADYLOADED, <license> has already been loaded

         <license> is the name of the license that has been updated.

         If a license is not found, the license is registered then
         loaded, and the following message is displayed:

      %LICENSE-I-LOADED, <license> was successfully loaded with <n> units

         <license> is the name of the license that has been updated
         and <n> is the number of units for the license.

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-13

 



         When the licenses for all the prerequisite software have been
         checked and, if necessary, loaded, the following message is
         then displayed:

      %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and loaded

         If one or more of the required licenses are not registered
         and loaded, VMSINSTAL displays:

      %LMF-S-NOLICENSE, This product requires a license to install
      %LMF-S-NOLICENSE, Please refer to the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide

      %LMF-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s) before attempting
      %LMF-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

      %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

       VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

         If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL goes to
         STEP 12.

         If you are installing a new additional language, VMSINSTAL
         goes to STEP 15.

         STEP 11: Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
         replaced by this installation

         Do you want to purge files? .........

         You can choose to have the files of your existing ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system purged to save space on the disk(s) on which
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is being installed.

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation?

         This installation creates new copies of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         language files. You can purge the old copies of these files.

         Enter YES if you want to purge the old copies of these files.
         Otherwise, enter NO.

         If you are upgrading or updating an existing language,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 17.

      9-14  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         STEP 12: Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
         WPS-PLUS


         Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS? ..........

         VMSINSTAL displays:

              If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
              to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
              not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
              impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

         NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time, should you
         choose not to link it now.

      * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]?

         If you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS (see Section 1.5.3),
         press RETURN. Otherwise, enter NO.

      Note If you decide not to incorporate WPS-PLUS at this time, you
         can incorporate WPS-PLUS at a later date by performing an
         update installation (see Appendix D for details).

         STEP 13: Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is
         installed

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites

         If the logical name CDA$LIBRARY is defined and the CDA
         converter files are present (see Section 1.5.1), VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

         If the logical name CDA$LIBRARY does not exist, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NOCDALIB, No CDA$LIBRARY logical was found
      * Do you want to continue anyway (without CDA support) [YES]?

         Press RETURN to continue the installation. Otherwise, enter
         NO.

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-15

 



         If the CDA Converter Library files are not installed,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-MISSING_CDA, The CDA converter files are not installed
      * Do you want to continue anyway (without CDA support) [YES]?

         Press RETURN to continue the installation. Otherwise, enter
         NO.

         If you want to have full CDA integration, the CDA library
         must be set up and the converter files installed. If they
         are not set up, and you require full integration, you may
         continue and install them after the installation of ALL-IN-1
         STARTER.

         STEP 14: Indicate whether or not you want to build a
         multilingual system


         Do you want to build a multilingual system? ..........

         You can install an additional language to build a multilin-
         gual ALL-IN-1 STARTER system. See Section 1.7 for details.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

              If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
         OA$MAIN.EXE and OA$LLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
         language to be installed.

      * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]?

         Press RETURN if you do not want to install other languages.
         Otherwise, enter YES. You install each additional language
         after ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed, by
         performing an additional language installation (see
         Chapter 4).

         If you elect to build a multilingual system, the installation
         creates a language-specific image file, SYS$LIBRARY:OA$LLVlang.EXE,
         in addition to the OA$LIB_SHARE:OA$MAIN.EXE image file.

      Note The performance of ALL-IN-1 STARTER will suffer slightly
         if you configure ALL-IN-1 STARTER as a multilingual system
         (that is, if you enter YES at the prompt). If you are not
         sure whether or not you want to run a multilingual ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system, you can choose to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 as a single language system, and relink the

      9-16  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         ALL-IN-1 STARTER image at a later date for multilingual
         operation (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details).


         STEP 15: Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1 STARTER


         Date format to use with ALL-IN-1 STARTER: ..........

         VMSINSTAL displays:

         ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each language
         you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date format
         for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by user
         through the Set Working Conditions option.

                  Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

              1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY        (Standard Default)
              2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
              3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
              4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
              5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
              6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

      * Which date format do you require [1]:

         Press RETURN to select the default date format DD-MMM-YYYY
         MM/DD/YY. Otherwise, enter the number of the desired date
         format. See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3
         Market Installation.

         If you are performing an additional language installation,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 24.

         STEP 16: Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
         STARTER users

         Greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 STARTER users:
         .............

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users:



             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-17

 



         Enter the number of users that you expect to use ALL-IN-1
         STARTER at the same time. In a VAXcluster, this is the number
         of users on the node which has the greatest number of users.
         For example, if one node has 10 users and another node has 4
         users, you should enter 10. VMSINSTAL then checks that the
         system parameter settings are sufficient. If your node is not
         on a cluster, simply enter the greatest number of users on
         the node.

      Note This will affect the system parameters (see Section 1.8).

         VMSINSTAL uses this information to allocate the correct
         number of global buffers to certain files in OA$DATA_SHARE
         (see Section 10.16).

         VMSINSTAL checks that the values of certain parameters
         are suitable. If the following system parameters are not
         adequate, you can complete the installation, but you may
         have to increase them, depending on the maximum number of
         simultaneous ALL-IN-1 STARTER users per node or satellite
         node (see the chapter on tuning ALL-IN-1 STARTER in the
         ALL-IN-1 Management Guide):

          _ LOCKIDTBL

          _ RESHASHTBL

          _ GBLPAGFIL

         If the following parameters are not adequate, you cannot
         proceed with the installation and must use the SYSGEN
         utility (see Section 1.8) to increase them, before attempting
         installation again:

          _ Number of unused global sections

          _ Number of unused global pages

      Note If you are running on a VAXcluster, the installation
         procedure can only check the SYSGEN parameters on the node
         on which it is running. You must ensure that they are large
         enough on all nodes in the cluster on which you intend to run
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER.




      9-18  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         STEP 17: Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and
         Fetcher


         Batch queue for sending and receiving mail: ..........................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving mail
          [SYS$BATCH]:

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a multiple-
         environment cluster you must use a batch queue that runs
         only on the part of the cluster on which you are installing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see Section 1.6.2).

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER uses one of your system batch queues to run
         the mail Sender and Fetcher. Press RETURN to use SYS$BATCH.
         Otherwise, specify the name of another batch queue that
         exists already or that you will create before you run
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER. If your system runs a local Message Router,
         you may consider using the Message Router queue MB$BATCH.

      Note Digital recommends that you use a dedicated batch queue for
         the mail Sender and Fetcher.

         STEP 18: Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
         messages to and from other systems

         Do you want to send and receive messages to and from other
         systems? ..........

         See Section 1.5.2 to help you decide whether or not to
         integrate ALL-IN-1 STARTER with Message Router.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages to/from other
          systems [NO]?

         Press RETURN if you do not want to send and receive
         electronic messages to and from other computer systems, or
         by way of the Message Router VMSmail Gateway to and from
         VMSmail. Otherwise, enter YES.

         If you respond NO to this prompt, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 24.

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-19

 



         STEP 19: Indicate whether the Message Router you want
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER to use is on this node or another node


         Do you want to use a remote Message Router? ..........

      Note If you want to use Mail directory addressing (see
         Section 1.5.2.1), you must have Message Router Version 3.1B
         installed locally.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Do you want to use a remote Message Router [NO]?

         If the Message Router you want to use is on another system
         (that is, you want to use a remote Message Router), enter
         YES. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 20.

         Press RETURN if the Message Router you want to use is on this
         system. (This is normally the case.) If you press RETURN,
         and Message Router Version 3.1B is installed on this system,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 21. Otherwise, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP
         24 after displaying the following message:

      Message Router version incorrect or Message Router missing.
      Further Message Router questions will be omitted.

         If you did not start DECnet before starting the installation,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %AS-I-DCNTNOTINSTD1, DECNET has not been installed.
      %AS-I-DCNTNOTINSTD2, It must be installed for Mail directory support.
      %AS-I-DDSNOTSTRTD1, Mail directory service has not been started /or installed.
      %AS-I-DDSNOTSTRTD2, You cannot therefore use the Mail directory service.
      * Do you wish to continue without Mail directory support [YES]?

         Press RETURN if you want to continue. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP
         22.

         Enter NO if you want to use the Mail directory. VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      * You are halting the installation - is this correct [NO]?

         Enter YES to abort the installation. Otherwise, press RETURN
         to continue.

      9-20  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         STEP 20: Specify the node whose Message Router you want to
         use


         Message Router node name: ....................................

         If you want to use a Message Router on another system,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What node is the Message Router on:

         Enter the node name of the computer system whose Message
         Router you want to use. The following message is displayed:

         The Message Router mailbox name has been set up to be <mailbox>.
         If you wish to change the name you must create the file :

              OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE:A1V24_SITE_START.COM

         Change the definition of the logical name OA$MTI_MAILBX and then
         when you run the MRMAN utility use this new name to define the
         mailbox.

         where <mailbox> is the name of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Message
         Router mailbox (usually A1).

         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 23.

         STEP 21: Specify the level of use of the Mail directory

         Level of use of Mail directory: ...........

         To help you decide on the level of Mail directory support,
         see Section 1.5.2.1.

         If you chose to integrate with Message Router, and it is on
         this system, VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]:

         Enter 0 if you do not want to use Mail directory addressing.
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 22.

         Enter 1 if you want to use ALL-IN-1 STARTER directory
         addressing as the primary directory. The Mail directory can
         still be accessed from the Message Header menu.

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-21

 



         Enter 2 if you want to use Mail directory addressing as the
         primary directory. ALL-IN-1 STARTER directory addressing can
         still be accessed from the Message Header menu.

         If you are performing an update installation, and your
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER system currently uses a local Message Router
         with Mail directory support (that is, OA$DDS_PRIME is set to
         1 or 2), VMSINSTAL displays the following message, and then
         continues at STEP 22:

       As this is an update you will not be asked for a Mail directory password

         If you are performing a new installation, or your ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system currently uses a local Message Router without
         Mail directory support (that is, OA$DDS_PRIME is set to 0),
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account:

         Enter the password for the Mail directory user agent entry
         (minimum six characters, maximum eight characters).

         VMSINSTAL asks you to confirm the password:

      * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified:

         Enter the password again.

         STEP 22: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Message Router mailbox

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, and
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER system currently uses a local Message
         Router, VMSINSTAL displays the following message, and then
         continues at STEP 23:

      As this is an update you will not be asked for a Message Router password

         If you are performing a new installation, or your ALL-IN-1
         STARTER system does not currently use a local Message Router,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What password do you want to use for the Message Router mailbox:




      9-22  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Enter the password (minimum 8 characters, maximum 32
         characters). VMSINSTAL asks you to confirm this password:

      * Please confirm the password you have specified:

         Enter the password again.

         VMSINSTAL sets up this password. This password must then
         be supplied by any processes that want to connect to the
         ALL-IN-1 Message Router mailbox. When VMSINSTAL sets up this
         password, the following message may be displayed:

      %Could not add entry <mailbox> from MRMAN

         where <mailbox> is the name of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Message
         Router mailbox (usually A1).

         This message means that the mailbox for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         is already set up in the Message Router Transfer Service
         database, and although the mailbox password has been changed
         in your ALL-IN-1 STARTER database, it has not been changed in
         the Message Router Transfer Service database.

         If this happens, you must run the Transfer Service Management
         utility, MRMAN, to change the mailbox password in the Message
         Router Transfer Service database (see the ALL-IN-1 Mail
         Management Guide) after the installation has completed.

         STEP 23: Indicate whether or not you want to translate
         outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII

         Translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII?
         ............

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII [NO]?

         Enter YES if:

            Your users will be sending messages to DECmail. However,
            if your users send messages to DECmail users occasionally,
            you may want to enter NO, and ask your users to use EDT to
            send to DECmail if necessary. If you answer YES to this
            prompt, all messages will be translated to ASCII, whether
            or not they are sent to DECmail users.
            or:

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-23

 



            Your users will be sending messages to VMSmail through
            Version 2.0 or an earlier version of the Message Router
            VMSmail Gateway. This situation may occur if you are using
            a remote Message Router VMSmail Gateway.

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER will then convert any outgoing messages to
         ASCII.

         If your users will not be sending messages to DECmail, or
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER system will use Version 2.1 of the
         Message Router VMSmail Gateway, or higher, press RETURN.
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER will then exchange any messages in the same
         form in which they were created.

         STEP 24: Check the Mandatory and Optional Software
         Prerequisites


         VMSINSTAL carries out various checks at this stage.

         If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW prerequisites

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current process

         If you are installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY SW prerequisites

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKLNAM, Checking ALL-IN-1 logical names

         If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers

         VMSINSTAL checks that the identifier OA$ADMIN does not exist.
         This
         identifier is used for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER administrator and
         must be used only with ALL-IN-1 STARTER. If you have created
         this identifier for something other than ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
         you must rename your existing OA$ADMIN identifier.

      9-24  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      Note OA$ADMIN allows access to ALL-IN-1 STARTER files that are
         not normally accessible to non-privileged users.

         VMSINSTAL also checks that the identifier OA$PRVAPP does
         not exist. This identifier is used for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         application programmers and must be used only with ALL-IN-1
         STARTER. If you have created this identifier for something
         other than ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you must rename your existing
         OA$PRVAPP identifier.

         If the OA$ADMIN identifier exists, and you are performing an
         upgrade or update installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$ADMIN will be used from the
          previous installation.

         If the OA$ADMIN identifier exists, and you are performing a
         new installation, VMSINSTAL displays information relating to
         OA$ADMIN, together with the prompt:

      * Do you want to use the existing general identifier OA$ADMIN [YES]?

         Enter NO if your existing OA$ADMIN identifier is used for
         something other than ALL-IN-1 STARTER. In this case, the
         installation will fail after all other checks have been made.

         Press RETURN if you are sure that:

          _ The OA$ADMIN identifier is created only for ALL-IN-1

            STARTER

          _ There are no holders of this identifier outside ALL-IN-1

            STARTER

          _ This identifier is not specified in any Access Control

            List (ACL) outside ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         If the OA$PRVAPP identifier exists, and you are performing an
         upgrade or update installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$PRVAPP will be used from the
          previous installation.

         If the OA$PRVAPP identifier exists, and you are performing a
         new installation, VMSINSTAL displays information relating to
         OA$PRVAPP, together with the prompt:

      * Do you want to use the existing general identifier OA$PRVAPP [YES]?

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-25

 



         Enter NO if your existing OA$PRVAPP identifier is used for
         something other than ALL-IN-1 STARTER. In this case, the
         installation will fail after all other checks have been made.

         Press RETURN if you are sure that:

          _ The OA$PRVAPP identifier is created only for ALL-IN-1

            STARTER

          _ There are no holders of this identifier outside ALL-IN-1

            STARTER

          _ This identifier is not specified in any ACL outside

            ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

         If you are performing an installation, and the accounts
         A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT already exist, the following is
         displayed:

      VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
      purposes only, was already created before this installation.

      You have two options:

       1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
          for ALL-IN-1 pruposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some characterists
          of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
          the installation.
       2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
          again.

      * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [YES]?

         Press RETURN if you do not want to use the existing TRANSFER_
         INCOMING account.

         Enter YES to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

      VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
      purposes only, was already created before this installation.

      You have two options:

      9-26  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



       1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
          for ALL-IN-1 pruposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some characterists
          of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
          the installation.
       2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
          again.

      * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [YES]?

         Press RETURN if you do not want to use the existing TRANSFER_
         OUTGOING account.

         Enter YES to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are installed
      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version

         For all installations, VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

         If no errors are detected, the installation continues.

         If you are upgrading your current ALL-IN-1 STARTER system to
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 32.

         If you are updating your existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
         2.4 system, or ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system to ALL-IN-
         1 STARTER Version 2.4, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 32.

         If you are performing an additional language installation,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 27.

         If any software checks fail, VMSINSTAL displays:

      During the check phase following <n> errors are discovered:

              SHAREABLE LIBRARY FILES:

      Shareable library file <filename> is NOT installed.
         .
         .
         .

              MESSAGE FILES:

      Message file <filename> is NOT installed.
         .
         .
         .

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-27

 



         This installation will fail due to mismatched software
         prerequisites. However, you may continue and check the DISK SPACE
         requirements before the installation procedure terminates.
         Otherwise, stop the installation here and correct the reported
         problems before starting again.

      * Do you want to continue [YES]?

         <n> is the number of sofware errors detected, and <filename>
         is the name of the file that is not installed.

         Press RETURN to continue to check the disk space require-
         ments. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 27, after which VMSINSTAL
         aborts.

         Enter NO if you do not want to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s) before attempting
      %ASL<lang>-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

      %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

         You must correct the error(s) and install ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 again. Check the prerequisites given in
         Chapter 1.

         STEP 25: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         shared library files

         Device to hold shared library files: .................................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER shared library files in OA$LIB. Press RETURN to
         accept the default of SYS$SYSDEVICE:.

         You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
         recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
         users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
         of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
         to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
         SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
         not begin with A1$ or OA$.

      9-28  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
         prompt is displayed:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LIB_SHARE
          files ? [NO]?

         If you answer YES, VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files    :

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER shared library files in OA$LIB.

         If there is insufficient disk space for the shared library
         files, VMSINSTAL displays:

      There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide LIB_SHARE files.
      Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and restart
      the installation, or choose another device to transfer LIB_SHARE files.

      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LIB_SHARE
          files ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
         enter the logical name of the device.

         Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

         STEP 26: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         shared data files

         Device to hold shared data files: ..................................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files [<device>:]:

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER shared data files in OA$DATA. Press RETURN to accept
         the default device which you specified at STEP 25.

         You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
         recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
         users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
         of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
         to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-29

 



         SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
         not begin with A1$ or OA$.

         If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
         prompt is displayed:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  DATA_SHARE
          files ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files    :

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER shared data files in OA$DATA.

         If there is insufficient disk space for the shared data
         files, VMSINSTAL displays:

      There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide DATA_SHARE files.
      Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and restart
      the installation, or choose another device to transfer DATA_SHARE files.

      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  DATA_SHARE
          files ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
         enter the logical name of the device.

         Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

         STEP 27: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         language files

         Device to hold the language files: ..................................

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 <lang> language files [<device>:]:

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER language files for the language being installed.
         Otherwise, press RETURN to accept the default:

            If you are performing a new installation, the default
            device is that which you specified at STEP 26.

      9-30  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



            If you are performing an additional language installation,
            the default device is SYS$SYSDEVICE.

         You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
         recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
         users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
         of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
         to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
         SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
         not begin with A1$ or OA$.

         If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
         prompt is displayed:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LLV files ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 <lang> language files    :

         Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER language files for the language being installed.

         If you are performing an additional language installation,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 32.

         If there is insufficient disk space for the language files,
         VMSINSTAL displays:

      There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide LLV files.
      Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and restart
      the installation, or choose another device to transfer LLV files.

      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LLV files ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
         enter the logical name of the device.

         Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.







             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-31

 



         STEP 28: Specify the device to use for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         mail area SDAF file, OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT


         Device to hold Mail area SDAF file: ..................................

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 allows you to have up to five
         mail areas (A to E). Each mail area consists of an SDAF
         and a number of shared directories. The installation of
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 creates mail area E. That is,
         the SDAF file OA$DAF_E.DAT and shared directories SHAREnnnn
         are created, where nnnn is a number in the range 1 to 9999.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file [<device>:]:

         Enter the logical name of the device you would like to use
         for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER mail area SDAF file. Press RETURN to
         accept the default device which you specified at STEP 27.

         You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
         recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
         users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
         of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
         to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
         SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
         not begin with A1$ or OA$.

         If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
         prompt is displayed:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF
          file ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file    :

         Enter the logical name of the device you would like to use
         for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER mail area SDAF file.

         If there is insufficient disk space for the mail area SDAF
         file, VMSINSTAL displays:


      9-32  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide SDAF files.
      Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and restart
      the installation, or choose another device to transfer SDAF files.

      * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF
          file ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
         enter the logical name of the device.

         Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

         STEP 29: Indicate how many shared directories you would like

         Number of shared directories: ...............

         If you want to create more than 10 shared directories,
         Digital recommends that you select the default of 1. You
         can create the remaining number of shared directories after
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is installed (see the chapter
         on managing mail areas in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide).
         The reason for this is that it is much quicker to create
         additional shared directories using the option provided in
         the management subsystem of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

         Note that the number of shared directories cannot exceed
         9999. ALL-IN-1 STARTER uses the shared directories in
         rotation.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * How many shared directories do you want to create [1]:

         Enter the number of shared directories you would like to
         create. If you want to use only one directory, press RETURN.

         STEP 30: Specify a device for each shared directory

         Device for each shared directory:








             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-33

 



           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

         If possible, Digital recommends that you spread the
         shared directories across several disks. This improves the
         performance of ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

         VMSINSTAL asks for the device name for each shared directory
         as follows:

      * What device would you like to use for shared directory SHARE<n> [<device>]:

         <n> is in the range one to the number you specified in STEP
         29, and <device> represents the device you entered either in
         STEP 28 or for the previous shared directory.

         Enter the device required. This question is repeated until
         you have answered it for all the shared directories you
         specified.

         You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
         recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
         users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
         of the volumes. Logical device names must not begin with A1$
         or OA$.

         If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
         prompt is displayed:

      %ASL<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
      * Do you want to select another device to hold the shared file cabinet
          SHARE<n> ? [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE<n>    :

         Enter the device required. This question is repeated until
         you have answered it for all the shared directories you
         specified.

      9-34  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If there is insufficient disk space for the shared directo-
         ries, VMSINSTAL displays:

      There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to create shared area SHARE<n>
      please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and restart
      the installation, or choose another device to create shared area SHARE<n>.

      * Do you want to select another device to create shared file cabinet
          SHARE<n> [NO]?

         Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
         enter the logical name of the device.

         Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

         If all disk space prerequisites are satisfied, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

              NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.

         If any errors were found during the software checks (STEP
         24), VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s) before attempting
      %ASL<lang>-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

      %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of AS V2.4 has failed.

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

         STEP 31: Identify or create a VMS account for ALL-IN-1
         STARTER

         VMS user name for ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's account:
         ..........................

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER needs a VMS account for running the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER management batch jobs. This VMS account has three
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER accounts:

          _ MANAGER

            This account allows you to perform the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            management tasks.

          _ POSTMASTER

            This account is used for running the mail Sender and
            Fetcher.

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-35

 



          _ IVP

            This account allows you or the installation procedures to
            run the installation verification procedures (IVPs).

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER VMS account must have the following
         privileges: SYSPRV, SYSNAM, NETMBX, GRPNAM, OPER, TMPMBX,
         CMKRNL, EXQUOTA, WORLD, PRMMBX, PRMGBL, and SYSGBL. In
         addition, the account must have the same VMS process quotas
         as other ALL-IN-1 STARTER users (see Section 1.8).

      Note If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's VMS account is created with the
         NODISUSER flag.

         If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What VMS username do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account?
          [<account_name>]:

         Press RETURN to use the default name ALLIN1.

         Otherwise, enter the name you want to use. Refer to the VMS
         manual describing the Authorize Utility for a list of valid
         characters that can be used for the user name.

         If the account does not exist, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 33.

         STEP 32: Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER account

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, or
         an additional language installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account [ALLIN1]:

         Press RETURN to use the default name ALLIN1.

         Otherwise, enter the name you want to use. Refer to the VMS
         manual describing the Authorize Utility for a list of valid
         characters that can be used for the user name.

         Details of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER account are displayed if you
         are:

          _ Performing a new installation and the account already

            exists

          _ Performing an upgrade installation

      9-36  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          _ Performing an update installation

          _ Installing an additional language

          _ Updating an existing language

         The details displayed are as follows:

            OWNER       =   <owner>
            USERNAME    =   <username>
            UIC         =   <UIC>
            ACCOUNT     =   <account>
            PRIVS       =   <privileges>
            PRIORITY    =   <priority>
            DIRECTORY   =   <device:[directory]>

         Also, the following prompt is displayed:

      * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are correct? [YES]?

         Press RETURN if you want to use this account. VMSINSTAL:

          _ Goes to STEP 34 if you are performing a new installation,

            and you created an ALL-IN-1 STARTER account before
            starting the installation

          _ Goes to STEP 34 if you are performing an upgrade

            installation

          _ Goes to STEP 43 if you are performing an update installa-

            tion

          _ Goes to STEP 40 if you are installing an additional

            language

          _ Goes to STEP 43 if you are updating an existing language

         Enter NO if you do not want to use this account. VMSINSTAL
         prompts you again for the username.

         Enter the username.


             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-37

 



         STEP 33: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         manager's VMS account


         If VMSINSTAL is to create a VMS account for ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
         it prompts you
         for a password:

      * What password do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account:

         Since this account is privileged, choose a password that
         is not easy to guess. The password you specify is checked
         by VMSINSTAL to ensure that it does not contain any
         obvious character strings; for example "ALLIN1". (Two VMS
         accounts, A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT, are created during the
         installation with the password that you specify here.)

         You are then asked to confirm the password. Enter your
         password again.

         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 35.

         STEP 34: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         transfer user accounts

         Two VMS accounts, A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT, are created.
         These accounts are used for transferring users to other
         systems. ALL-IN-1 STARTER logs in to these accounts, which
         are on the same disk as the ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's
         account.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 TRANSFER accounts:

         Enter the password that you want to use for the Transfer User
         accounts. (The password is used for both accounts.)

         You are asked to confirm the password as follows:

      * Please confirm the password you have specified:

         Enter the password again.

         If you are performing an upgrade installation, VMSINSTAL goes
         to STEP 37.

      9-38  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         STEP 35: Specify the UIC for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's
         VMS account


         UIC: [___________ , ___________]

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What UIC do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account <account_name>:

         where <account_name> is the name of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         manager's VMS account that you specified in STEP 31.

         You must enter a unique UIC, with a system group number.

      Note All the ALL-IN-1 STARTER shared library files, shared data
         files, and shared documents are owned by this UIC. Therefore,
         if disk quota checking is enabled on any of the devices used
         for ALL-IN-1 STARTER areas, this UIC must have a suitably
         large quota.

         If you enter an invalid UIC, VMSINSTAL displays:

      To be classified as a System UIC group member, the ALL-IN-1 manager's account
      must have the group number in the range 1 through <max_sys_group>.
      If you do not want to continue with this installation then answer NO to the
      next question.

      * Do you want to select another UIC value:

         where <max_sys_group> is the maximum group number for a
         system UIC (MAXSYSGROUP) defined on your system. The default
         is 10.

         Enter NO if you do not want to enter another UIC value.
         VMSINSTAL aborts.

         Enter YES if you want to enter another UIC value. VMSINSTAL
         prompts you to enter another UIC.

         STEP 36: Specify the device and directory for the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER manager's VMS account

         Device for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's account: ...............................

         Directory for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's account:
         ..................................

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-39

 



         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What default device do you want for the ALL-IN-1 Manager's account?
          [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:

         Press RETURN to use the default SYS$SYSDEVICE:. Otherwise,
         enter the name. You can use either a physical or logical
         device name. Logical device names must not begin with A1$ or
         OA$.

         The following prompt is displayed:

      * What default directory do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 Manager's account?
          [<directory>]:

         Press RETURN to use the default directory [ALLIN1].

         If you want to use a different directory, enter the name of
         the directory.

         STEP 37: Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER transfer
         user accounts

         A1$XFER_IN UIC: [___________ , ___________]

         A1$XFER_OUT UIC: [___________ , ___________]

         If the transfer user accounts do not exist, VMSINSTAL
         displays:

      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?:

         Enter a non-system UIC for the account.

         If you enter an unacceptable UIC, the following message is
         displayed:

      %ASLlang-I-GRPLIM1, User Interface Component <uic> group number
          must be an octal number greater
      %ASLlang-I-GRPLIM2, than <maxsysgroup> and less than 37776.

         where <uic> is the value that you entered and <maxsysgroup>
         is the maximum group number for a system User Interface
         Component (SYSGEN parameter MAXSYSGROUP) defined on your
         system.

         You are prompted to enter the User Interface Component again.

      9-40  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?:

         Enter a non-system UIC for the account.

         If you enter an unacceptable UIC, the following message is
         displayed:

      %ASLlang-I-GRPLIM1, User Interface Component <uic> group number
          must be an octal number greater
      %ASLlang-I-GRPLIM2, than <maxsysgroup> and less than 37776.

         where <uic> is the value that you entered and <maxsysgroup>
         is the maximum group number for a system User Interface
         Component (SYSGEN parameter MAXSYSGROUP) defined on your
         system.

         You are prompted to enter the User Interface Component again.

         The UIC for each of these accounts need not have the same
         system group number.

         If the transfer user accounts already exist, the UICs of the
         transfer user accounts are checked. If the UICs are system
         UICs, the following prompt is displayed:

      UIC <uic> must be between <uicgroup> and 377776

      * Do you want to select another UIC for <account> account [YES]?

         where <uic> is the UIC of the existing transfer user account,
         <uicgroup> is max_sys_group + 1 (max_sys_group is the highest
         system group UIC), and <account> is the name of the transfer
         user account (that is, A1$XFER_IN or A1$XFER_OUT).

         If you are performing a new installation, and you created an
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER account before starting the installation,
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 43.

         If you are performing an upgrade installation, VMSINSTAL goes
         to STEP 43.





             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-41

 



         STEP 38: Specify the directory to hold the shared library
         files, in OA$LIB


         Directory for the shared library files: ..............................

         VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
         shared library files:

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared library files
          [<directory>]:

         Press RETURN to use the default directory <directory>, where
         <directory> is the name of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER account
         you specified at STEP 36. Otherwise, enter the name of the
         directory.

         STEP 39: Specify the directory to hold the shared data files,
         in OA$DATA


         Directory for the shared data files: .................................

         VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
         shared data files:

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared data files
          [<directory>]:

         Press RETURN to use the default directory which you specified
         at STEP 38. Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

         STEP 40: Specify the directory to hold the language files


         Directory for the language files: ..................................

         VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
         language files, where <language> is the language that you are
         installing.

          _ If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL

            displays:

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all <lang> language
          files [<directory>]:

      9-42  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



            Press RETURN to use the default directory which you
            specified at STEP 39. Otherwise, enter the name of the
            directory.

          _ If you are performing an additional language installation,

            VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 sub-directory required for the <lang> language files
          [<directory>]:

            Press RETURN to use the default directory [ALLIN1].
            Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

            VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 43.

         STEP 41: Specify the directory to hold the mail area SDAF
         file OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT

         Directory for the Mail area SDAF file: ..............................

         VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
         SDAF file:

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the mail area SDAF file
          [<directory>]:

         Press RETURN to use the default directory which you specified
         at STEP 40. Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

         STEP 42: Specify the directory to hold the shared directories

         Directory to hold the shared directories on each device:


           Device                       Directory

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

           ...........................  ..............................

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-43

 



         VMSINSTAL asks for the directory names to hold the shared
         directories on each device specified in STEP 30:

      * Enter the name required for the SHARED DIRECTORY on <device>:? [<directory>]:

         Press RETURN to select the default directory. Otherwise,
         enter the directory required. This question is repeated until
         you have answered it for all the devices you specified.

         STEP 43: Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs


         Do you want to run the IVPs? ..........

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]?

         Enter NO if you do not want to run the IVP after the
         installation.

         Press RETURN if you want to run the IVP after the instal-
         lation. The IVP is run automatically at the end of the
         installation. Any messages output by the IVP are either
         printed on your hardcopy terminal or inserted into the log
         file, depending on your choice of media for the log of the
         installation.

      Note Digital recommends that you run the IVP after installation.

         VMSINSTAL displays the following message:

      %ASL<lang>-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
      %ASL<lang>-I-SOMTIME, The installation will now continue for some time.
          No further action is required.

         If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
         and the installation is being performed in Safety mode, the
         following message is displayed:

           File [.DATA_SHARE]PROFILE.DAT prepared to be renamed to
               [.DATA_SHARE]V23_PROFILE.DAT

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 file, PROFILE.DAT, is
         renamed to
         V23_PROFILE.DAT at a later stage of the installation.

      9-44  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, and
         the installation is being performed in Non-Safety mode, the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 file, PROFILE.DAT, is renamed to
         V23_PROFILE.DAT and the following message is displayed:

      File [.DATA_SHARE]PROFILE.DAT renamed to [.DATA_SHARE]V23_PROFILE.DAT

         If you were asked to enter a language code (see STEP 10),
         VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 45.

         If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
         updating an existing language, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 45.

         STEP 44: Load the distribution media-Sequence 3


         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %ASL<lang>-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media exchange required, before
          installation can continue unaided.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C . . .
         .
         .
         .

         There may be a delay of up to two hours, depending on the
         configuration of your system, before the media change is
         required. VMSINSTAL then displays the following:

      Media <device>:AS3024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
      Dismounted media labeled AS3024. Please mount the BASE kit media which
      is labeled AS1024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation?

         Mount the first volume of the distribution media again. This
         is the volume labeled:

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 BASE BIN
         media_type INTERNATIONAL BASE
         (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

         media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.

         When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL
         tries to mount the distribution volume. If it succeeds, the
         following message is displayed:

             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-45

 



      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on <device>:
      %AS-I-MEDEXCH, Media changed from ASL<lang>024, to AS024
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . . .
         .
         .
         .

         where <lang> is the language being installed.


         STEP 45: Wait for the installation to complete

         VMSINSTAL has now obtained all the information it requires.

         VMSINSTAL displays:

      %AS-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

         The installation proceeds unassisted. It displays messages
         as it completes tasks or runs into difficulties. The
         installation may take several hours, depending on the size
         and load of the system you are using.

         If you chose to run the IVPs, the IVPs run at the end of the
         installation.

         If you chose to integrate WPS-PLUS, the spell check facility
         is installed with it. If you also chose to run the IVP for
         this facility, the IVP runs at the end of the installation.

         If the IVPs are run at the end of the installation, and they
         are successful, the following message is displayed:

      %ASIVP-I-IVPPASS, The IVPs for A1STARTER V2.4 have passed.

         STEP 46: Complete installation

         When VMSINSTAL has finished installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER, it
         displays:

              Installation of AS V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>






      9-46  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If you invoked VMSINSTAL without specifying any parameters
         (see STEP 1), VMSINSTAL displays:

      Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution volume set.
      * Products:

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

         <hh:mm> is the current time.

         Enter EXIT, or press CTRL/Z to exit from VMSINSTAL.

         Note that VMSINSTAL deletes or changes entries in the process
         symbol tables during the installation. Therefore, if you are
         going to continue using the system manager's account and you
         want to restore these symbols, you must log out and log in
         again.

         Carry out the tasks described in Chapter 10 to set up
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER ready for use.



























             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  9-47

 









                                                                    10
      ________________________________________________________________

                                After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         This chapter describes the tasks to complete so that ALL-IN-1
         STARTER can be run by users.

         Table 10-1 indicates the sections that you need to refer to
         in this chapter for the type of installation that you are
         performing.



























                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-1

 



      Table 10-1    Section Reference Chart

      ________________________________________________________________
      Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
      ________________________________________________________________
      ______________________1__2,3__4__5___6,7_&_8__9,10___11_________

      New ALL-IN-1 V2.4     *                 *      *      *
      installation

      ALL-IN-1 V2.4                           *             *
      additional language
      installation

      Upgrade from              *   *  *      *      *      *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.3

      Upgrade of an                           *             *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.3
      language

      Upgrade from              *   *  *      *      *      *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V1.0

      Upgrade of an                           *             *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V1.0 language

      Update of ALL-IN-1            *         *      *      *
      STARTER V2.4

      Update of an                            *             *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V2.4 language

      Update of ALL-IN-1                      *      *      *
      V2.4

      ________________________________________________________________
      *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
      +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
          WPS-PLUS/VMS

                                              (continued on next page)


      10-2  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      Table 10-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

      ________________________________________________________________
      Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
      ________________________________________________________________
      ______________________1__2,3__4__5___6,7_&_8__9,10___11_________

      Update of an                            *             *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.4
      language

      ________________________________________________________________
      ______________________12,13___14_____15,16____17_18__19,20+__21_

      New ALL-IN-1 V2.4       *                         *    *      *
      installation

      ALL-IN-1 V2.4                                                 *
      additional language
      installation

      Upgrade from            *      *       *       *  *    *      *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.3

      Upgrade of an                                                 *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.3
      language

      Upgrade from            *      *                  *    *      *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V1.0

      Upgrade of an                                                 *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V1.0 language

      Update of ALL-IN-1      *                         *    *      *
      STARTER V2.4

      ________________________________________________________________
      *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
      +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
          WPS-PLUS/VMS

                                              (continued on next page)


                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-3

 



      Table 10-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

      ________________________________________________________________
      Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
      ________________________________________________________________
      ______________________12,13___14_____15,16____17_18__19,20+__21_

      Update of an                                                  *
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER
      V2.4 language

      Update of ALL-IN-1      *              *          *    *      *
      V2.4

      Update of an                                                  *
      ALL-IN-1 V2.4
      language
      ________________________________________________________________
      *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
      +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
          WPS-PLUS/VMS
      ________________________________________________________________

      10.1   Replace the DCLTABLES on VAXcluster Systems

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 on a
         VAXcluster system, you must replace the DCLTABLES on the
         nodes in the cluster that are not being used to install
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. Enter the following commands on
         each of these nodes:

           $ INSTALL
           INSTALL> REPLACE SYS$SHARE:DCLTABLES /OPEN /SHARE -
           _INSTALL> /HEAD_RES
           INSTALL> EXIT

         You need only do this once after you have installed ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4.

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER installation procedure does this
         automatically for the node on which you are installing
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.





      10-4  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      10.2   Convert the User Profiles

         An extra field has been added to the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 user profile master file. During installation the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 file, PROFILE.DAT, is renamed
         to V23_PROFILE.DAT, and a new PROFILE.DAT file is created.
         Therefore, you must convert entries in V23_PROFILE.DAT to
         entries in the new PROFILE.DAT. Do this by entering the
         following commands:

           $ ALLIN1/NOINITIALIZATION
           Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN OA$LIB:MANAGER
           Enter CMD: OA$CNV_CONVERT V23_PROFIL, PROFIL
           Enter CMD: EXIT

         OA$CNV_CONVERT does not preserve access control lists (ACLs),
         so after you have converted the profiles, enter the following
         command:

      $ SET FILE /ACL /LIKE=OA$DATA:V23_PROFILE.DAT OA$DATA:PROFILE.DAT

      10.3   Convert SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT

         During installation the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 file,
         SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT, is renamed to V23_SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT,
         and a new SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT is created. Therefore, you
         must convert entries in V23_SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT to entries
         in the new SM_ACCOUNT_TYPES.DAT. Do this by entering the
         following:

      $ ALLIN1 /NOINITIALIZATION
      Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN OA$LIB:MANAGER
      Enter CMD: OA$CNV_CONVERT V23_SMTEMPLATE SMTEMPLATE
      Enter CMD: EXIT

      10.4   Update the License Count and Subscriber Count for
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         If you have a subscriber license (ALLIN1-PERSONAL), you
         must initialize the license count and subscriber count for
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER. Do this as follows:

          1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER /LANGUAGE=language

          2 Enter MGT MAL

                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-5

 



          3 Enter UCL to initialize the license count

          4 Enter UNA to initialize the subscriber count

          5 Enter EXIT

      10.5   CDA Support

         If you want to take advantage of CDA support in ALL-IN-1
         STARTER, add a line to your ALL-IN-1 site startup file,
         OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE:A1V24_SITE_START.COM to call the command
         file
         OA$LIB:OA$CDA_STARTUP.COM. This installs the CDA shareable
         image, without which you cannot work with CDA documents.

      10.6   Delete Files That Are No Longer Required

         If you upgraded from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, various
         files remain in the SYSTEM directories. You can delete these
         files to increase your disk space. The files are:

          o SYS$HELP:AS010.RELEASE_NOTES

          o SYS$HELP:ASLlang010.RELEASE_NOTES

          o SYS$HELP:ASCmarket010.RELEASE_NOTES (if available)

          o SYS$MANAGER:AS010START.COM

          o SYS$MANAGER:AS010_PRE_V23UPGRADE.COM

          o SYS$MANAGER:OA$FORMATTER_START.COM

          o OA$CBI_language:CBIMGS*.SCP;*

      10.7   Considerations for the OA$MTI_ERR and OA$MTI_LOG Files

         The protection on the ALL-IN-1 Mail Traffic Log file,
         OA$MTI_LOG, and the ALL-IN-1 Mail Error Log file, OA$MTI_ERR,
         has changed for ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 from that in
         previous versions. These files no longer have GROUP or WORLD
         access. To access these files, you must have the SYSPRV
         privilege, or use the ALL-IN-1 manager's account.

         You may need to modify any procedures that you have written
         to access these files so that they work in ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4.

      10-6  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      10.8   Convert the Format of OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT

         The format of the data file OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT
         has changed from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0. If you are
         upgrading from one of these ALL-IN-1 STARTER systems, convert
         the data file as follows:

      $ CONVERT/FDL=OA$LIB_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC -
         OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT
      $ PURGE OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT

      10.9   Performance Customizations to PROFILE.FDL and PROFILE.DAT

         If you have customized either of the two files PROFILE.FDL
         or PROFILE.DAT, you need to reapply your customizations,
         as new versions of these files have been created during the
         installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4.

      10.10   Execute the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Startup Command Procedure

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command procedure, SYS$MANAGER:
         A1V24START.COM, is supplied with ALL-IN-1 STARTER. This
         startup command procedure must be executed before using
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER. If you are running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on
         a VAXcluster system, you must execute the startup command
         procedure on every node in the cluster.

      CAUTION If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 on
         one part of a multiple-environment cluster with a common
         system disk, and you want to install a full ALL-IN-1 Version
         2.4 system on the another part of the cluster, you must do
         the following before installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4:

          1 Copy the startup command procedure A1V24START.COM to the
            SYS$SPECIFIC:[SYSMGR] directory of each node in the part
            of the cluster running the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            system.

          2 Delete the A1V24START.COM file in the SYS$COMMON:[SYSMGR]
            directory.

         After installing the second ALL-IN-1 system, repeat these
         steps for the part of the cluster that is to run the new
         ALL-IN-1 system.



                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-7

 



         10.10.1  After a New Installation

         If you are performing a new installation add the following
         command to the VMS system manager's site startup command
         procedure:

         $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM device:[directory.DATA_SHARE]

         where device:[directory.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 configuration file:

          o device is the device that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER data files

          o directory is the top-level directory that you specified
            for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER data files

         You must include the location as part of the command.

         This entry must be entered after the SYS$MANAGER:STARTNET.COM
         and SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONTROL START=(DDS,TS,...,ER) entries.

         If you run A1V24START.COM from the DCL prompt, you need not
         enter the location. In this case you are prompted for the
         location as follows:

         Enter the location of the file A1CONFIG.DAT:

         Enter the location of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
         configuration file, A1CONFIG.DAT. Refer to the log of the
         installation for the location of A1CONFIG.DAT.

      Note If you are running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster system,
         you must execute the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command proce-
         dure on each node in the cluster. Therefore, you must modify
         the entry in the startup command procedure on each node. You
         must also edit OA$BUILD_SHARE: OA$FORMATTER_START.COM, as
         specified in the command file itself.

         10.10.2  After an Upgrade Installation

         If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, make
         sure that the ALL-IN-1 STARTER environment is established
         after the system is shut down by replacing the following
         entry in the VMS system manager's site startup procedure:

         $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1S010START.COM location

         Change the entry to:

         $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM device:[directory.DATA_SHARE]

      10-8  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         where device:[directory.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 configuration file:

          o device is the device that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
            STARTER data files

          o directory is the top-level directory that you specified
            for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER data files

         The location of A1CONFIG.DAT, is given in the log of the
         installation. You must include the location as part of the
         command.

         This entry must be entered after the SYS$MANAGER:STARTNET.COM
         and SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONTROL START=(DDS,TS,...,ER) entries.

         If you run A1V24START.COM from the DCL prompt, you need not
         enter the location. In this case you are prompted for the
         location as follows:

         Enter the location of the file A1CONFIG.DAT:

         Enter the location of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
         configuration file, A1CONFIG.DAT. Refer to the log of the
         installation for the location of A1CONFIG.DAT.

      Note If you are running ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster system,
         you must execute the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command
         procedure on each node in the cluster. Therefore, you must
         modify the entry in the startup command procedure on each
         node.

         One of the tasks performed by the startup command procedure
         is to start the mail Sender and Fetcher.

         10.10.3  Site-Specific Startup Procedures

         You must not edit the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command
         procedure
         A1V24START.COM. Instead, you must create your own startup
         command procedures:

          o A1V24_SITE_START.COM

            This is the site-specific startup command procedure and
            must be placed in the OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE directory. This
            command procedure is called by A1V24START.COM after all
            language-specific startup command procedures, if any.

                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-9

 



            If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
            and you have a site-specific startup command procedure
            that you want to keep, rename it from AS010_SITE_START.COM
            to A1V24_SITE_START.COM (see Section 1.8.17). You may
            also need to check the command procedure to ensure that
            it reflects the configuration of your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4 system.








































      10-10  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          o OA$SITE_language_START.COM

            This is the language-specific startup command procedure
            and must be placed in the directory device:[directory.SITE.SOURCES_
            language] for the language concerned, where device is the
            device containing the language files, and directory is the
            name of the top-level directory of your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4 system. If you are running a multilingual
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER system, you can have one of these command
            procedures for each language installed.

         Note You can specify the directory for your default language
            using the logical name OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV.

            If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
            you may also need to check the command procedure to
            ensure that it reflects the configuration of your ALL-IN-1
            STARTER Version 2.4 system.

         These command procedures, if present, are executed by the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command procedure, A1V24START.COM.

         10.10.4  How to Handle Errors Relating to Images Not
         Installed

         On startup, if any error messages are displayed relating to
         images that are not installed, use the Install Utility to
         install those images before executing this procedure again.
         For example:

           $ INSTALL
           INSTALL> ADD SYS$SHARE:RDBSHR /OPEN /HEAD_RES /SHARED

         The images that you must install in this way are those
         referenced by optional products that you have integrated
         with the ALL-IN-1 STARTER image.

         For more details of the Install Utility, see the VMS manual
         describing the Install Utility.

         ALL-IN-1 STARTER can now be run with the ALLIN1 command
         qualifiers as follows:

      $ ALLIN1[/qualifier[=argument][/qualifier[=argument]] ...]

         There are a number of command-line qualifiers that you can
         use with the ALLIN1 command. These are described in the
         ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-11

 



         If you have installed an additional language, run ALL-IN-1
         STARTER using the qualifier /LANGUAGE, where language is
         the name of the language that you have just installed (see
         the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation for this language).

      10.11   Compile and Install the TXLs

         A text library (TXL) contains the most frequently used
         scripts and document templates. The TXL is installed as a
         VMS global section. This makes access faster and uses memory
         more efficiently. After installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you must
         compile and install the ALL-IN-1 TXL.

         If you chose to run the IVPs automatically after instal-
         lation, and the IVPs complete successfully, the ALL-IN-1
         TXL is already compiled and installed on the node that you
         used to install ALL-IN-1 STARTER. If you installed ALL-IN-1
         STARTER on a VAXcluster system, you must install the TXL on
         the remaining nodes in the cluster.

         If you need to compile and install the ALL-IN-1 TXL, do the
         following:

          1 Enter the DCL command:

              $ DIRECTORY /SECURITY OA$LIB:A1TXL.TXL

            If the file does not exist carry out steps 2 to 5.

            Check that the protection of the TXL is set to:

            SYSTEM:RWED, OWNER:RWED, GROUP:RE, WORLD:RE

            If the protection is not set to this, use the SET FILE
            /PROTECTION command to change the protection.

          2 Log in to the VMS account belonging to the ALL-IN-1
            manager.

          3 Enter the following commands:

              $ ALLIN1 /NOINITIALIZE /LANGUAGE=language
              Enter CMD: DO OA$LIB:CM_CTX

            where language is the language associated with the TXL to
            be compiled.

      10-12  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



            The following prompt is displayed:

            Do you really want to compile the ALL-IN-1 TXL? [Y/N]?

            If you want to compile and install the TXL, enter YES. The
            following message is subsequently displayed:

            ALL-IN-1 TXL compiled and installed.

            If you do not want to compile and install the TXL, enter
            NO.

          4 When the script has finished, enter:

              Enter CMD: EXIT

          5 Check the protection of the TXL as described in step 1.

         If ALL-IN-1 STARTER is later shut down you do not need to
         install the TXL again, as it is automatically installed when
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER starts up. However, if you need to install
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER again, you must also install the TXL(s)
         again.

         If you have installed more than one language, you must
         compile and install the TXLs once for each language.

         For details of the TXLs, see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

      10.12   Compile and Install Your Form Libraries

         Digital recommends that you always compile form libraries,
         as this lessens the demand on the system. However, this
         uses extra disk space because there are two versions of the
         library on disk-a compiled version and an uncompiled version.
         Both versions are needed for the forms to display.

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command procedure, A1V24START.COM,
         installs the following form libraries as global sections in
         memory:

          o OA$LIB_language:MEMRES

          o OA$LIB_language:OAFORM

         If you have any application-specific form libraries, see the
         ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details of how to compile and,
         optionally, install them.

         If you are installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster
         system, you must install the form libraries on the remaining
         nodes in the cluster.

                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-13

 



      10.13   How to Set Up a Remote Message Router

         If you want to use a remote Message Router, you must do the
         following:

          1 On the node where Message Router is installed, add a
            mailbox entry for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER system that you
            have just installed (see the Message Router books for more
            information about mailboxes). To set up a mailbox, log in
            to the MBMANAGER account on the node where Message Router
            is running, and enter the following commands:

              $ RUN SYS$SYSTEM:MRMAN

            Enter the following:

              MRM> ADD name /REMOTE_RESTRICTION=nodename
                     /PASSWORD=password /SYSTEM

            where:

             - name is the mailbox name displayed during ALL-IN-1
               STARTER installation; that is, <local_node>A1, where
               <local_node> is the name of the node where you have
               installed ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4. The name must
               be unique to the Message Router system.

             - nodename is the DECnet nodename where ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               is installed.

             - password is the mailbox password you specified during
               the ALL-IN-1 STARTER installation. If you cannot
               remember this password, you must change it here, and
               also in ALL-IN-1 STARTER, using the Manage Messaging
               menu. The password must be the same in the Message
               Router mailbox directory and in ALL-IN-1 STARTER. To
               change the mailbox password use the Change mailbox
               password (CMP) option on the Manage Messaging menu. See
               the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide for details.

          2 Exit from the Message Router management utility:

              MRM> EXIT




      10-14  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



      10.14   Setting Up the Message Router Transfer Service

         To send mail to remote nodes, each node that runs ALL-IN-1
         STARTER must have access to Message Router Version 3.1B or
         later. If Message Router is not installed at the local node,
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER can use the Message Router on another node.

         You must also define the logical name MR$NODE. This informs
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER whether or not Message Router is available.
         Set this logical name and redefine it in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         startup file to:

           nodename::"22="

         where nodename is the name of the node on which Message
         Router is installed. This must be defined whether you have
         Message Router on the same node as ALL-IN-1 STARTER or on a
         remote node.

         If your system does not use the Mail directory, and does use
         area routing, you must define the logical name OA$MTI_AREA.
         This defines the area code for your system. You must define
         this logical name to enable users on other systems to reply
         to mail from your system. This logical name is not defined
         at installation, so if you do need it, you must define it
         afterward.

         Set this logical name OA$MTI_AREA, and redefine it in the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup file to:

           mailbox @primary_node @area_name

         where:

          o mailbox is the same as defined for the logical name
            OA$MTI_MAILBX

          o primary_node is the same as defined for the logical name
            OA$PRIMARY_NODE

          o area_name is the area code for your system.






                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-15

 



         10.14.1  Configuring the VMSmail Gateway

         To enable all the nodes in a common-environment cluster to
         access a Message Router VMSmail Gateway started on one of the
         nodes only, define the logical name MRGATE to the following
         on each of the nodes that does not have the gateway started:

           node::MR%

         where node is the node where the gateway is running.

         If the VMSmail Gateway is not installed on your node or
         cluster, users can use one that is installed on another
         node. To hide this from your users, so that they do not
         need to know where the gateway is, make an entry for the
         remote gateway in the mailbox directory of the Message Router
         Transfer Service. To do this, use the Message Router Utility,
         MRMAN, from the MB manager's account and enter the command:

           MRM> ADD MRGATE="MRGATE @node"

         where node is the node where the gateway is installed.

         See the Message Router documentation for more information.

      10.15   Diagnostic Tools

         The following tools are available with ALL-IN-1 STARTER for
         diagnosing problems:

          o Verify Mode

            Verify mode lets you look at DCL subcommands.

            To turn Verify Mode on, press GOLD VERIFY ON.

            To turn Verify Mode off, press GOLD VERIFY OFF.

          o Trace Utility

            The Trace Utility lets you set or clear trace mode flags
            that govern the areas and extents of tracing and the
            destination of trace output.

            You can use the Trace Utility in one of two ways, as
            follows:

             1 Within ALL-IN-1 STARTER press GOLD TRACE. The Trace
               Flag Argument Form is displayed. See the Application
               Programming books for details.

             2 Within ALL-IN-1 STARTER use the OA$TRA_SET function.
               See the Application Programming books for details.

      10-16  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         The keys are defined in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

      10.16   Set the Global Buffers

         During the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4,
         global buffers are allocated to the data files shown in
         Table 10-2:

         Table 10-2    Global Buffer Allocations

         _____________________________________________________________
         System_File________________Number_of_Global_Buffers__________

         OA$DATA:PROFILE.DAT        n + 1

         OA$SHARE:OA$DAF_E.DAT      n + 1

         OA$DATA:MEETING.DAT        5

         OA$DATA:ATTENDEE.DAT       n + 1

         OA$DATA:PENDING.DAT        n + 1
         _____________________________________________________________
         n is the maximum number of users
         _____________________________________________________________

         During the installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, the
         number you enter at the prompt "What will be the greatest
         number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users" is used to calculate
         initial values for these global buffers. If you later
         increase this value, you should recalculate the global
         buffers using the table; change them using the DCL command:

           $ SET FILE /GLOBAL_BUFFER filename

      Note ALL-IN-1 STARTER must be shut down first.

         To save these values permanently edit the appropriate FDL
         files for these files. You may also need to increase values
         of certain SYSGEN parameters, notably GBLPAGFIL and GBLPAGES.
         GBLPAGES is calculated as described in Section 1.8.






                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-17

 



      10.17   Set the Terminal and Queue Characteristics for Printers

         For most of the supported system printers, you can use the
         default VMS queue characteristics. However, if you have one
         or more LQP02, LQP03, or LN03 printers on your system, you
         must set the terminal and queue characteristics for each of
         these printers.

      Note If you have DECpage on your system, see the DECpage
         Installation Guide for the printer settings required for
         DECpage.

         See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details of how to set
         up the printers.

      10.18   Reschedule the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Procedures

         If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
         you must reschedule your ALL-IN-1 housekeeping procedures.
         See the the chapter on ALL-IN-1 housekeeping in the ALL-IN-1
         Management Guide.

      10.19   Mail Directory Setup

         If you chose to use either the ALL-IN-1 directory (that is,
         OA$DDS_PRIME equal to 1) or the Mail directory (that is,
         OA$DDS_PRIME equal to 2) as the primary mail directory, then
         after installation you have:

          o A user agent entry name and password. The user agent entry
            name is OA$node$ALLIN1 for a new or upgrade installation,
            where node is either the node name or the cluster alias
            for the system on which you are installing ALL-IN-1
            STARTER. For example, OA$LYNX$ALLIN1.

            The user agent entry password is the Mail directory
            password that you entered during the installation (see
            STEP 23 in Chapter 9).

          o A subscriber entry for the ALL-IN-1 manager. The proxy
            attribute of the subscriber entry is the name of the local
            ALL-IN-1 user agent entry (OA$node$ALLIN1). This attribute
            gives ALL-IN-1 proxy access to the manager's entry, so
            that ALL-IN-1 STARTER can update and access the entry.

          o UAPASSWRD.DAT which contains the name of the user agent
            object and the user agent password, from the first item in
            this list.

      10-18  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         Before you can use the Mail directory you must perform the
         actions described in the following steps:

          1 If area routing is in use at your site, you need to
            know the area code for use at step 3. Run the MAILbus
            Configuration Procedure to display the current Transfer
            Service settings in use at your site. Enter the DCL
            command:

              $ @SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONFIG

            To list the current settings of the configuration
            parameters, enter:

              MBC> SHOW TS

            The area code is displayed, along with other settings, as
            follows:

                 .
                 .
                 .
              Transfer Service uses area routing
              Area Code : <area_code>
                 .
                 .
                 .

            <area_code> is the area code in use at your site.

            Enter EXIT, or press CTRL/Z, to exit from the MAILbus
            Configuration Procedure. For more details of this command,
            see the Message Router books.

          2 Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account as
            follows:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

          3 Enter the following commands from ALL-IN-1 STARTER:

              <GET #ORGNAME="orgname"
              <GET #LOCATION="location"

            where:

             - orgname is the name of your company or organization

             - location is the location of your users

                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-19

 



            If area routing is in use at your site, you must also
            enter:

              <GET #AREA="area_code"

            area_code is the area code (obtained at step 1) for the
            area that includes your system.

          4 Enter the following command:

              <DO OA$LIB:USERAGENT_POST

            This DO script:

             a Updates the user agent entry in OA$DATA_SHARE:
               UAPASSWRD.DAT with the Mail directory identity obtained
               from the user agent object in the Mail directory. (The
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER user agent is now available for all
               users.)

             b Sets the Mail directory field in the ALL-IN-1 manager's
               account details to Y.

             c Copies details from the ALL-IN-1 manager's profile
               entry, which was created during installation, into
               the manager's Mail directory subscriber entry. It also
               copies the manager's Mail directory identifier into the
               manager's ALL-IN-1 account details from the subscriber
               entry.

             d Updates the ALL-IN-1 user agent object in the Mail
               directory with the values you supplied for organization
               name and location.

             e Creates a mail address that is used for all the Mail
               directory subscribers owned by the user agent. The
               mail address comprises the name of the ALL-IN-1 Message
               Router mailbox (OA$MTI_MAILBX), and the name of the
               node or cluster running the Message Router to be used
               by ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 (OA$PRIMARY_NODE).
               If area routing is in use at your site, the network
               address also includes the area code that you specified
               in step 1. The mail address is identified by the symbol
               OA$DDS_AREA_ROUTE.

            If you are performing a first full installation of
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 omit the next step.

      10-20  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          5 If you are performing an upgrade or an update installation
            in which you have elected to use Mail directory addressing
            for the first time, see the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide
            on how to populate the Mail directory.

      10.20   ALL-IN-1 STARTER Setup

         After you have installed ALL-IN-1 STARTER there are a number
         of tasks that you need to do to set up ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         before users can start to use the system (see the ALL-IN-1
         Management Guide for details):

          o If you have integrated WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4, set up the terminal characteristics so that
            your users can use WPS-PLUS

          o If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
            see the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Differences document

          o If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
            distribute the online ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 User Changes
            document to your users. This document is in OA$LIB_
            ENGLISH:USER_CHANGES.WPL. Use the Document Transfer option
            RV (Receive a document from VMS) to import the document to
            your file cabinet, and then mail it to your users using
            the SUBSCRIBERS: address.

          o Specify the schedule for the automated housekeeping
            procedures

          o Specify the batch queue or queues for the housekeeping
            procedures

          o Allow the ALL-IN-1 STARTER mail manager access to the
            Manage Messaging menu

          o Create areas for the storage of documents that the users
            have archived

          o Create additional mail areas, if required

          o Do the following tasks before an administrator can use the
            Administration menu:

             - Check the default policies for administration tasks

             - Create account templates

             - Nominate an administrator

          o Define users' working environments

                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-21

 



          o Initialize and start the printer queues, and identify
            printers to ALL-IN-1 STARTER

          o Set suitable system parameters for your system

          o Set a routine for backing up your system

          o Set a routine for monitoring your system's performance

          o Set up the links with systems not in your DECnet network,
            if required

         There are a number of tasks that you must do before users can
         start using the Electronic Messaging subsystem of ALL-IN-1
         STARTER to exchange mail with other nodes in the network (see
         the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide):

          o Configure Message Router for ALL-IN-1 STARTER if you want
            to use the Message Router exception reporting facility

          o Set up the network profile

          o Remove the mailbox password, if the password is not
            required

          o Set up the mailbox

          o Populate the Mail directory with subscriber entries (after
            setting up the Mail directory (see Section 10.19))

          o Limit the Number of Addressees in Mail Messages)

          o Set up WPS-PLUS translation

      10.21   Convert WPS-PLUS/VMS Documents to ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         If your system is currently running WPS-PLUS/VMS and users
         want to use documents created with WPS-PLUS/VMS from within
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER, each user must do the following:

          1 Give each ALL-IN-1 STARTER user who wants to convert their
            WPS-PLUS/VMS documents the ALL-IN-1 STARTER DCL and CMD
            privileges. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details
            of setting these privileges. If you normally restrict this
            access, reset it after conversion is complete.


      10-22  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



          2 Check that the directory containing the WPS-PLUS/VMS File
            Cabinet exists by entering the following command:

              $ DIRECTORY /PROTECTION disk:[username.WPSPLUS...]*.*

            where:

             - disk is the name of the user's VMS disk

             - username is the VMS username

            This command lists all the files in the WPS-PLUS/VMS
            account belonging to the user.

          3 Make sure that all files have the following minimum
            protection:

            (S:RWD,O:RWE,,)

          4 Run ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          5 Enter WP to display the Word and Document Processing menu.

          6 Enter the following command:

              <DO OA$LIB:WPCOPY

          7 Enter the full directory specification of the WPS-PLUS/VMS
            directory (for example, DISK1:[HUDSON.WPSPLUS]) at the
            following prompt:

            Enter directory of old File Cabinet

          8 Enter the full directory specification of the ALL-IN-1
            directory (for example, DISK1:[HUDSON.A1]) at the
            following prompt:

            Enter directory of new File Cabinet

         Note You cannot have the ALL-IN-1 STARTER and WPS-PLUS/VMS
            versions of the DOCDB.DAT files in the same VMS directory.

          9 Enter A to copy all documents at once, or C to check
            before each file is copied, at the prompt:

            Copy All documents at once or Check each one <A/C> <A>:

            When conversion is complete, ALL-IN-1 STARTER returns you
            to the Word and Document Processing menu.

                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-23

 



          10 To convert your User Defined Process [.UDP] files, do the
            following:

             a From the Word and Document Processing menu, enter $.

               ALL-IN-1 STARTER places you in the subprocess.

             b Enter the following command:

                 $ COPY /LOG [username.WPSPLUS.UDP]*.UDP [.UDP]*.*

               where username is the user's top-level VMS directory,
               as recorded in the SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT file.

             c When the copying is finished, press EXIT to return to
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

      Note If you want to use the converted documents when using
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER, your default editor must be WPS-PLUS.

      10.22   DECpage Support

         If you install DECpage, and follow the post-installation
         instructions for integrating DECpage with an existing
         ALL-IN-1 system (that is, ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4),
         the procedure START_DECPAGE:ON_A1_23.COM will fail.

         To fix this problem, do the following:

          1 In directory DECPAGE$INSTALL$LLV, copy the command file
            ON_A1_23.COM to ON_A1STARTER.COM, and edit ON_A1STARTER.COM
            to change:















      10-24  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA LOGICAL OA$SITE_LIB_LLV"
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   IF "''RESULT'" .EQS. "" THEN GOTO BOOBOO
              $ !
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$LIB$LLV 'RESULT'
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$FORM 'RESULT'
              $ !
              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA LOGICAL OA$LIB_LLV"
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   IF "''RESULT'" .EQS. "" THEN GOTO BOOBOO
              $ !
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$HELP 'RESULT'
              $ !
              $   FORMNAME :== "DECPA3.FRM"
              $ !>>>FORMLIBRARY :== "OAFORM"
              $   FORMLIBRARY :== "SITEOAFORM"
              $ !
              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA GET #STATUS = ""SUCCESS"""
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   EXIT

            to the following:






















                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-25

 



              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA LOGICAL OA$SITE_LIB_LLV"
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   IF "''RESULT'" .EQS. "" THEN GOTO BOOBOO
              $ !
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$LIB$LLV 'RESULT'
              $ !
              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA LOGICAL OA$LIB_LLV"
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   IF "''RESULT'" .EQS. "" THEN GOTO BOOBOO
              $ !
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$HELP 'RESULT'
              $   DEFINE/SYSTEM DECPAGE$FORM 'RESULT'
              $ !
              $   FORMNAME :== "DECPA3.FRM"
              $   FORMLIBRARY :== "OAFORM"
              $ ! FORMLIBRARY :== "SITEOAFORM"
              $ !
              $   WRITE OAMAILBOX "OA GET #STATUS = ""SUCCESS"""
              $   @DCLMAILBOX:
              $ !
              $   EXIT

          2 Follow the post-installation instructions in your DECpage
            Installation Guide for integrating DECpage into ALL-IN-1,
            using the command:

              <DO START_DECPAGE:ON_A1STARTER

         Note If you upgrade to a full ALL-IN-1 system, you must
            integrate DECpage again, this time using the originally
            documented command:

              <DO START_DECPAGE:ON_A1_23

      10.23   Determining and Reporting Problems

         If you find an error in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
         books, you should fill out and submit the Reader's Comments
         form at the back of the document in which the error was
         found. Include the section and page number where the error
         was found.




      10-26  After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



         If an error occurs while ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 is
         being used and you believe that the error is caused by a
         problem with ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4, take one of the
         following actions:

          o Contact your Customer Support Center, if you have a System
            Support Agreement or are covered by warranty (see your
            Software Warranty Addendum)

          o If you think the problem is caused by a software error,
            you can submit a Software Performance Report (SPR)




































                         After Installing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  10-27

 









                                                                     A
      ________________________________________________________________

                 Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media




         This appendix contains a list of the files on the ALL-IN-1
         STARTER distribution media.

      A.1   Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits

         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER files are supplied on three pieces of
         media, one for each component of ALL-IN-1 STARTER (that is,
         base, language and market). The media are labeled as follows:

          o ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 BASE BIN
            media_type INTERNATIONAL BASE
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            This contains savesets AS024.A to AS024.E. A list of the
            files in these savesets is given in Section A.3.

          o ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 market BIN
            media_type MARKET COMPONENT
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            This contains savesets ASCcode024.A and ASCcode024.B,
            where market is the name of your market and code is
            the market code (up to three characters). A list of the
            files in these savesets is given in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

          o ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 language BIN
            media_type LANGUAGE COMPONENT
            (c) 1990 Digital Equipment Corp.

            This contains savesets ASLlang024.A to ASLlang024.H,
            where language is the name of the language and lang is
            the language code of the language being installed (up to
            nine characters). A list of the files in these savesets is

            Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media  A-1

 



            given in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2
            Language Installation.

         media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge

      Note *.ELE files are used by the installation procedure to
         transfer the files to the correct place. These files are
         removed when the installation is completed.

         Each saveset has a unique kit revision identifier,
         <revision>. For example, AS024BASEA.REV_A.

      A.2   Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution Kits

         The compact disk (CD) for your market contains directories
         of the form [ASlang024], where lang is the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         language available to you. For example, [ASENGLISH024]. This
         directory contains two subdirectories; one containing the
         savesets for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit, the other
         containing various documentation (in ASCII text format).

         All the savesets required to install the base, language,
         and market components for your kit are in the directory
         [ASlang024.KIT]. The documentation is in the directory
         [ASlang024.LINE_DOCS].

         The savesets of the base component are:

            AS024.A
            AS024.B
            AS024.C
            AS024.D
            AS024.E

         A list of the files in these savesets is given in
         Section A.3.

         The savesets of the language component are:

            ASLlang024.A
            ASLlang024.B
            ASLlang024.C
            ASLlang024.D
            ASLlang024.E
            ASLlang024.F
            ASLlang024.G
            ASLlang024.H
            ASLRlang024.A (Release Notes Part 1 Language)

      A-2  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

 



         A list of the files in these savesets is given in the
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 2 Language
         Installation.

         A list of the files in these savesets is given in
         Section A.3.

         The savesets of the market component are:

            ASCmarket024.A
            ASCmarket024.B
            ASCRmarket024.A (Release Notes Part 2 Market)

         A list of the files in these savesets is given in the ALL-IN-
         1 STARTER Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

         This directory also contains the following:

          o VAX Forms Management System (FMS) Version 2.4

               FMS024.A
               FMS024.B

          o Message Router Version 3.1B

               MR031.A
               MR031.B

          o Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1

               MRGATE031.A
               MRGATE031.B

          o CDA Patch Kit for VMS Version 5.3

               CDAPAT010.A

            See the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Read Me First for details on how
            to install this kit.

          o CDA Converter Library Version 1.0

               CDACVTLIB010.A
               CDACVTLIB010.B

         The documentation directory contains the following:

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation Guide:

               AS024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT and AS024_INSTALL_GUIDE.PS
               ASLlang024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT and ASLlang024_INSTALL_
               GUIDE.PS
               ASCmarket024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT and ASCmarket024_
               INSTALL_GUIDE.PS

            Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media  A-3

 



          o The Read Me First:

               AS024_READ_ME_FIRST.TXT and AS024_READ_ME_FIRST.PS

          o A Software Product Description (SPD):

               AS024_SPD.TXT and AS024_SPD.PS

          o A System Support Addendum (SSA):

               AS024_SSA.TXT and AS024_SSA.PS

          o A Software Warranty Addendum (SWA):

               AS024_SWA.TXT and AS024_SWA.PS

      A.3   List of Files in Each Saveset

         Saveset: AS024.A

      A1LINK.COM;1        A1LNKASK.COM;1      A1LNKDRV.COM;1
      AS024.RELEASE_NOTES;1                   AS024BASEA.REV_<revision>;1
      DIRBASEA.ELE;1      KICHECKS.COM;1      KICHKDEV.COM;1
      KICHKFMS.COM;1      KICHKINIT.COM;1     KICHKMR.COM;1
      KICHKPARAMS.COM;1   KICHKSHR.COM;1      KICHKSPACE.COM;1
      KICREACC.COM;1      KICREDIR.COM;1      KICURRENCY.COM;1
      KIDATES.COM;1       KIIMAGES.COM;1      KIIVP.COM;1
      KIIVP.SCP;1         KIIVP_FILE_LIST.COM;1
      KIKEYBOARD.COM;1    KILMF.COM;1         KILOGICALS.COM;1
      KINEWDB.COM;1       KIPOSTINSTALL.COM;1 KIPREFIX.COM;1
      KIQUESTIONS.COM;1   KIQUOTA.COM;1       KIRECOG.COM;1
      KISPELL.COM;1       KISPLIT.COM;1       KITINSTAL.COM;1
      KIUPDATE.COM;1      KIUPGET.COM;1       LLVDATALIST.DAT;1
      LLVLIBLIST.DAT;1    PARAMETERS.DAT;1

      Total of 39 files.











      A-4  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

 



         Saveset: AS024.B

      A1CONFIG_BASE_PREPOP.SCP;1              A1CONFIG_LANGUAGE_PREPOP.SCP;1
      A1ENCODE.CLD;1      A1ENCODE.EXE;1      A1IVP.OBJ;1
      A1SUBMIT.CLD;1      A1V24START.COM;1    ACTITEM.FDL;1
      ALLFORMS.COM;1      ALLIN1.HLP;1        APPL_INT.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_CREATE_AREA.COM;1               ARCHIVE_CREATE_AREA.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_DELETE_AREA.COM;1               ARCHIVE_DIR_OWN.COM;1
      ARCHIVE_DOCS_PENDING_RECOVERY.FDL;1     ARCHIVE_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_EDIT_AREA.SCP;1                 ARCHIVE_EXCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
      ARCHIVE_EXCLUDE_USERS.FDL;1             ARCHIVE_INCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
      ARCHIVE_INCLUDE_USERS.FDL;1             ARCHIVE_MARK_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_MOVE_AREA_TO_TAPE.COM;1         ARCHIVE_MOVE_AREA_TO_TAPE.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_MOVE_TAPE_TO_AREA.COM;1         ARCHIVE_MOVE_TAPE_TO_AREA.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_PENDING_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1         ARCHIVE_PROCESS_RESTORE_REQS.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_RESTORE_USER_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1    ARCHIVE_RESTORE_USER_REQUEST.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_SCHEDULE_ARCHIVE.SCP;1          ARCHIVE_SETS_DATA.FDL;1
      ARCHIVE_SET_AREA_ACTIVE.SCP;1           ARCHIVE_SET_AREA_ONLINE.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_SET_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1      ARCHIVE_SYS_EXCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
      ARCHIVE_SYS_INCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1       ARCHIVE_UNSET_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1
      ARCHIVE_USER_DOCUMENT.SCP;1             AS024BASEB.REV_<revision>;1
      ATTENDEE.FDL;1      CALACCESS.FDL;1     CALENDAR.A1CAL;1
      CALENDAR.FDL;1      CM_CONVERT_FLB_LOCK.SCP;1
      CM_CTX.SCP;1        CM_ELEMENTS.SCP;1   CM_FORM_LIBS.SCP;1
      CM_SDC_ELEMENTS.FDL;1                   CM_SITEHIST.FDL;1
      CM_SITELOG.FDL;1    CNVPRTUIC.COM;1     COPYDOC.SCP;1
      CORPHONE.FDL;1      CREATE_DATA_CBI_FILES.SCP;1
      CREATE_DATA_FILES.SCP;1                 CREATE_DATA_FILES_2.SCP;1
      CREATE_DATA_LLV_FILES.SCP;1             CREATE_DATA_WPS_FILES.SCP;1
      CREATE_FILE.SCP;1   CREATE_PROFILE.SCP;1
      CVTDDIFDX.SCP;1     CVTDDIFPS.SCP;1     CVTDDIFTEXT.SCP;1
      CVTDDIFWPL.SCP;1    CVTDOTSDX.SCP;1     CVTDOTSPS.SCP;1
      CVTDOTSTEXT.SCP;1   CVTDOTSWPL.SCP;1    CVTDTIFDX.SCP;1
      CVTDTIFPS.SCP;1     CVTDTIFTEXT.SCP;1   CVTDTIFWPL.SCP;1
      CVTDXDDIF.SCP;1     CVTDXPS.SCP;1       CVTTEXTDDIF.SCP;1
      CVTTEXTDTIF.SCP;1   CVTTEXTPS.SCP;1     CVTWPLDDIF.SCP;1
      CVTWPLDTIF.SCP;1    CXLIB.OLB;1         DECSPELL.FDL;1
      DIRALLDWN.SCP;1     DIRALLUP.SCP;1      DIRBASEB.ELE;1
      DIRBASEEXE.ELE;1    DIRCORDWN.SCP;1     DIRCORUP.SCP;1
      DIRINDEXPRINT.SCP;1 DIRPERDWN.SCP;1     DIRPERUP.SCP;1
      DIRPRINT.SCP;1      DISPLAY.EXE;1       DOCCREATE.SCP;1
      DOCDB.FDL;1         DOCSELECT.SCP;1     DPESHR.EXE;1
      DSABCONV.FDL;1      DSABCONV_PREPOP.SCP;1
      DXRD.SCP;1          DXRV.SCP;1          DXRX.SCP;1
      DXSD.SCP;1          DXSV.SCP;1          DXSX.SCP;1


            Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media  A-5

 



      DXXM.SCP;1          EDITORAPP.SCP;1     EDIT_WRITE.COM;1
      EDTGOLDG.SCP;1      EMCONTROL_RS_RF.COM;1
      EMCONTROL_RS_RF.SCP;1                   EMDDSADDR.SCP;1
      EMEMD_PROFIL_UPDATE.SCP;1               EMLOGCTRL.COM;1
      EMNXTLIST.SCP;1     EMSMFLUSH.COM;1     FCDELFDR.SCP;1
      FCDIR.SCP;1         FCEW.SCP;1          FDNDEDT1.EXE;1
      FDNDEDT2.EXE;1      FDNDREORG.EXE;1     FDVDEF.REQ;1
      FETCHCHECK.EXE;1    FF.LIS;1            FF.MEM;1
      FILECAB_REORG.SCP;1 FLUSHDM.EXE;1       FLUSHUSER.EXE;1
      FOLCOUNT.SCP;1      FOLDER.SCP;1        FOLPRINT.SCP;1
      FOLPRINTXP.SCP;1    FORMAT.FDL;1        GET_SIZE.COM;1
      GLOBAL.FDL;1        GLOBAL_EDIT_TEMPLATE_INTER.COM;1
      GLOBAL_TEMPLATES.FDL;1                  GLOBAL_USERS.FDL;1
      GRAMCHECK.SCP;1     GTEMPLATE_DETAILS.FDL;1
      INDEX.DX;1          IVP.A1CAL;1         IVPUSER.PST;1
      LANGUAGES.FDL;1     LIST_VIEW.COM;1     LNGSPL_CHANGE_CURRENT_DIC.SCP;1
      LNGSPL_CHECK_PERS_OPEN.SCP;1            LNGSPL_CMD_RECOG.SCP;1
      LNGSPL_FREE_SLOT.SCP;1                  LNGSPL_OPEN_CHECK.SCP;1
      LNGSPL_OPEN_GLOBAL_DIC_CHECK.SCP;1      LNGSPL_PERS_DIC_CHECK.SCP;1
      LNGSPL_POST_LISTOPEN.SCP;1              LNGSPL_PRE_LISTOPEN.SCP;1
      LNGSPL_WPL_SEARCH.SCP;1                 LOGIN.COM;1
      MAILCOUNT.OBJ;1     MAIL_DIR_CONVERT.SCP;1
      MANAGER.A1CAL;1     MANAGER.PST;1       MASTERB.BLP;1
      MEETING.FDL;1       METER.SCP;1         MNODES.BLP;1
      MNODES.FDL;1        MOVEDISK.FDL;1      MR_CHANGEPASS.COM;1
      MUA_CANCEL_TRANSFER.COM;1               MUA_CHANGEPW.COM;1
      MUA_CHANGEPW_INTER.COM;1                MUA_CHECK_NOT_LOCKED.COM;1
      MUA_COPY_TPL.SCP;1  MUA_CREATE.COM;1    MUA_CREATE_WORKFILE.SCP;1
      MUA_CR_INFO.FDL;1   MUA_CTN_INTER.COM;1 MUA_CTN_RESTORE_DOCS.SCP;1
      MUA_CTN_TRANSFER_UPDATE.COM;1           MUA_DELETE_INTER.COM;1
      MUA_DEL_ACCOUNT.COM;1                   MUA_DEL_CAB.SCP;1
      MUA_DEL_DIR.COM;1   MUA_DEL_VMS.COM;1   MUA_GLOBAL_EDIT.COM;1
      MUA_GLOBAL_EDIT.SCP;1                   MUA_LOAD_USER.COM;1
      MUA_MAS_ARCHIVE.SCP;1                   MUA_MAS_DOCINDEX.FDL;1
      MUA_MAS_INTER.COM;1 MUA_MAS_LOADUSER.FDL;1
      MUA_MOVEDISK_INTER.COM;1                MUA_NOMINATE.COM;1
      MUA_NOMINATE_INTER.COM;1                MUA_PAT.COM;1
      MUA_PAT_ARCHIVE.SCP;1                   MUA_PAT_FIND_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
      MUA_PAT_INTER.COM;1 MUA_PAT_SELECT_FILE.FDL;1
      MUA_REMOVE_ADMIN.COM;1                  MUA_REMOVE_ADMIN_INTER.COM;1
      MUA_RENAME.COM;1    MUA_RENAME_INTER.COM;1
      MUA_RENAME_PENDING.EXE;1                MUA_SAVE_UNREAD_MAIL.SCP;1
      MUA_SWITCH_APP_PRV.COM;1                MUA_TRANSFER.FDL;1
      MUA_UTILITY.FDL;1   MUA_VMS_CHK.SCP;1   MUA_XFER_DOCLIST.FDL;1
      NAME_CONVERT.COM;1  NETWORK.FDL;1       NETWORKB.BLP;1


      A-6  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

 



      NEWDOCDB.COM;1      NEXTLIST.SCP;1      NICKNAMES.FDL;1
      OA$APPL_INTMENU.SCP;1                   OA$APPL_SPMENU.SCP;1
      OA$CDA_STARTUP.COM;1                    OA$FORMATTER_START.COM;1
      OA$PRINTERS.FDL;1   OA$PRINTERTYPES.FDL;1
      OA$SAM_BALANCE_USERS.EXE;1              OA$SAM_CHECK_MAIL_AREA_DELETE.EXE;1
      OA$SAM_REORG_SHARED_DIRS.EXE;1          OA$SHARED_DAF_MASTER.FDL;1
      OA$SHARED_DIRECTORY_MASTER.FDL;1        OA$SHARE_DEVICE_MASTER.FDL;1
      OA$SM_DTC_VALIDATE_UIC.COM;1            OA$SM_FCVR.EXE;1
      OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1.EXE;1             OA$SM_RECOG_MAIL_AREA.SCP;1
      OA$SUBMIT.OBJ;1     OACMSV.OBJ;1        OADDIF_INSTALL.SCP;1
      OAFCV.EXE;1         OAFORMATTER.OBJ;1   OAFORMATTERX.OBJ;1
      OAINI.COM;1         OALNM.COM;1         OASHRBLD.EXE;1
      OASYMMSG.MAR;1      PARANUM.SCP;1       PDAF.FDL;1
      PENDING.FDL;1       PERPHONE.FDL;1      PHALLB.BLP;1
      PHPERB.BLP;1        POSTMASTE.A1CAL;1   POSTMASTE.PST;1
      PRINTER_TYPESB.BLP;1                    PRINT_CDA.SCP;1
      PRINT_PS.SCP;1      PROFILE.FDL;1       PROFILE_PRINT.FDL;1
      PROVIDE_DATA_CBI_FILES.SCP;1            PROVIDE_DATA_FILES.SCP;1
      PROVIDE_DATA_FILES_2.SCP;1              PROVIDE_DATA_LLV_FILES.SCP;1
      PROVIDE_DATA_WPS_FILES.SCP;1            PTU.EXE;1
      QUOTA.COM;1         QUOTA.EXE;1         QUOTA_CHECK.COM;1
      REMOVEND.EXE;1      RENAME.FDL;1        REORDER.COM;1
      RMSANLZ.COM;1       SA_CHANGE_PASSWORDS.SCP;1
      SA_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1                 SA_MULT_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
      SA_PLM_AVAIL.SCP;1  SA_PREPARE_MAS_NETWORK.COM;1
      SA_PREPARE_MAS_TAPE.COM;1               SA_PROFILEB.BLP;1
      SA_SUBMIT_CREATE.SCP;1                  SA_SUBMIT_GE.SCP;1
      SDAF.FDL;1          SELECTIONLIST.BLP;1 SELECTIONLIST1.BLP;1
      SELECTIONLIST_RFA.BLP;1                 SENDCHECK.EXE;1
      SHARED_DOC.BLP;1    SITE_PRINTERSB.BLP;1
      SM$SHARE$SCROLL$PREPOP.SCP;1            SMBKUSER.COM;1
      SMJACKET.SCP;1      SMNETINIT.COM;1     SMNETINIT.SCP;1
      SMNETPRGE.COM;1     SMNETPRGE.EXE;1     SMNETUPDT.EXE;1
      SMNETUPDT.SCP;1     SMONOFF.COM;1       SMREORG.SCP;1
      SMREORG_DEPT.SCP;1  SMSREORG.COM;1      SMTRLU.SCP;1
      SMUNSHARE.SCP;1     SM_CANCEL_TRANSFER.SCP;1
      SM_CHANGE_PASSWORDS.SCP;1               SM_CHECK_GROUP_DIR.SCP;1
      SM_CTN_BACKUP.COM;1 SM_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
      SM_DELETE_FROM_QUEUE.SCP;1              SM_DOC_ATTRIBS.COM;1
      SM_FIND_FILE_SIZE.COM;1                 SM_GET_QUOTA_DETAILS.COM;1
      SM_ISSUE_MGR_MAIL.SCP;1                 SM_MOVEDISK.COM;1
      SM_MOVEDISK.SCP;1   SM_MULT_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
      SM_NEXT_SAVESET.COM;1                   SM_PAT_SWITCH_SAVESET.COM;1
      SM_PAT_VALIDATE_NODE.COM;1              SM_PAT_VALIDATE_TAPE.COM;1
      SM_PLM_AVAIL.SCP;1  SM_PLM_COUNT.SCP;1  SM_PLM_UPDATE_LIMIT.COM;1


            Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media  A-7

 



      SM_POLICIES_PREPOP.SCP;1                SM_PREPARE_MAS_NETWORK.COM;1
      SM_PREPARE_MAS_TAPE.COM;1               SM_RESTART.COM;1
      SM_SELECT_DISK.SCP;1                    SM_SHUTDOWN_RESTART_INTER.SCP;1
      SM_SKEDSCRIPT_DEFAULT.SCP;1             SM_SUBMIT_CREATE.SCP;1
      SM_SUBMIT_GE.SCP;1  SM_TPL_CLEAR_SYMBOLS.SCP;1
      SM_TPL_GLOBAL_EDIT.SCP;1                SM_TPL_TO_PROFILE.SCP;1
      SM_TRANSFER_UPGRADE.SCP;1               SM_USED_UIC.FDL;1
      SM_XLATE_DEVICE.SCP;1                   SPECIAL.COM;1
      SPELL.CLD;1         SPFILE.SCP;1        SPNULL.TXT;1
      SPSEND.SCP;1        START_TM_SERVER.COM;1
      SUBSCRIBER.SCP;1    SUBSCRIBER_ADD.SCP;1
      SUBSCRIBER_ADD_INTERACTIVE.SCP;1        SUBSCRIBER_CHANGE.SCP;1
      SUBSCRIBER_CHANGE_INTERACTIVE.SCP;1     SUBSCRIBER_DELETE.SCP;1
      SYMBOLS.PST;1       TAG.COM;1           TAG.EXE;1
      TEMPLATE_PRINT.FDL;1                    TIME_DIFF.EXE;1
      TMINITFORM.SCP;1    TMMENU_VALID.SCP;1  TRACESET.SCP;1
      TRIM.EXE;1          USER.FLB;1          USERAGENT_POST.SCP;1
      V.COM;1             VAXMAIL.COM;1       VMNXTLIST.SCP;1
      VMSMAIL.COM;1       WPCOPYCAB.BLP;1     WPCOPYDX.BLP;1
      WPEDADDMEN_POST.SCP;1                   X400COUNTRY_CODES.FDL;1
      XPORTMSG.EXE;1

      Total of 367 files.

         Saveset: AS024.C






















      A-8  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

 



      ACMSA1MSG.MSG;1     AS024BASEC.REV_<revision>;1
      DIRBASEC.ELE;1      FINDFILE.OBJ;1      IMAGEID.OPT;1
      OA$CNV_TIMEZONE_CONVERT.SCP;1           OA$SM_CHECK_CLUSTER.COM;1
      OA$SM_DEFINE_SHARED_LOGICALS.COM;1      OA$SM_DEFINE_SHARED_LOGICALS.SCP;1
      OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1_SCHEDULE.COM;1    OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1_SCHEDULE.SCP;1
      OA$SM_FCVR_SCHEDULE.COM;1               OA$SM_FCVR_SLAVE1.COM;1
      OA$SM_FIELD_OFFSETS.COM;1               OA$SM_SAM_BA_SCHEDULE.COM;1
      OA$SM_SAM_BSD_SCHEDULE.COM;1            OA$SM_SAM_SCHEDULE.SCP;1
      OA$SM_SET_WRITE_WINDOW.COM;1            OA$SM_SHARED_DAF_MASTER.SCP;1
      OA$SM_UTILITY_MASTER.FDL;1              OA$SM_UTIL_SCHEDULE.FDL;1
      OA$SM_WRITE_DIR_MASTER_INSTALL.SCP;1    OA.BLI;1
      OAET.MAR;1          OAGBL.BLI;1         OALIBR.OLB;1
      OAMAC.REQ;1         OASDF.BLI;1         SCPTABLE.TXT;1
      SYSTEM_PST.COM;1    SYSTEM_PST.FDL;1    WPDELETE.SCP;1
      WPDOUDP.SCP;1       WPDUMPUDP.SCP;1     WPEDADDMEN.SCP;1
      WPEDIT.SCP;1        WPFCFDROP.SCP;1     WPFCFOLD.SCP;1
      WPFOLDER.SCP;1      WPLIST.SCP;1        WPNEXTL.SCP;1
      WPNEXTNUM.SCP;1     WPPAFOLDER.SCP;1    WPPALTERN.SCP;1
      WPPBGFORMAT.SCP;1   WPPFILE.SCP;1       WPPOUTDOC.SCP;1
      WPPPORT.SCP;1       WPPRINT.SCP;1       WPPSCRPD.SCP;1
      WPPSYSTEM.SCP;1     WPPTERMIN.SCP;1     WPPTYPEIT.SCP;1
      WPSLPS.SCP;1        WPSMAIL.COM;1       WPSTSTSPC.SCP;1
      X400.CMU;1

      Total of 57 files.

         Saveset: AS024.D

      ACMSALLIN1.OLB;1    AS024BASED.REV_<revision>;1
      DIRBASED.ELE;1      DMPLUS.OLB;1        DXLIB.OLB;1
      KOAVMS.OLB;1        KOFORM.OLB;1        MRMIS.OLB;1
      MRVMS.OLB;1         MRVMS4.OLB;1        MTILIB.OLB;1
      OATALKLIB.OLB;1     OAVOICE.OLB;1       SIL.OLB;1
      TMSERVER.OLB;1      WPADOC.OLB;1        WPADSA.OLB;1
      WPAPRINT.OLB;1      WPARVMS.OLB;1       XPORT.L32;1
      XPORT.OLB;1         XPORT.REQ;1

      Total of 22 files.

         Saveset: AS024.E







            Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media  A-9

 



      AS024BASEE.REV_<revision>;1             DIRBASEE.ELE;1
      LNGOSENVR.EXE;1     LNGSPLCOM.EXE;1     LNGSPLCRE.SCP;1
      LNGSPLCSY.SCP;1     LNGSPLFMT.SCP;1     LNGSPLFOR.EXE;1
      LNGSPLIST.SCP;1     LNGSPLMNU.SCP;1     LNGSPLMSG.EXE;1
      LNGSPLSC2.SCP;1     LNGSPLSEL.SCP;1     LNGSPLSHR.EXE;1
      LOADTCS.TXT;1       PTU.OBJ;1           PTULIB.OLB;1
      SPLMSGREF.OBJ;1     WPABASE.OLB;1       WPAEDIT.OLB;1
      WPALIPS.OLB;1       WPAPECO.OLB;1       WPASORT.OLB;1
      WPCOPY.SCP;1        WPDDXSEND.COM;1     WPDECDX.COM;1
      WPPRTEXIT.SCP;1     WPPRUNOFF.COM;1     WPPSPEC.COM;1
      WPSDECGET.SCP;1     WPSDECWRT.SCP;1     WPSFNATT.SCP;1
      WPSFNPOS.SCP;1      WPSFNSEPS.SCP;1

      Total of 34 files.

































      A-10  Files on the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Distribution Media

 









                                                                     B
      ________________________________________________________________

                                                  Sample Installations




         This appendix contains sample installations of ALL-IN-1
         STARTER Version 2.4.

          _ Section B.1 is a sample listing of a new installation,

            with no previous version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER installed

          _ Section B.2 is a sample listing of an upgrade from a

            multilingual ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 system to
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4

          _ Section B.3 is a sample listing of an update of ALL-IN-1

            STARTER Version 2.4

          _ Section B.4 is a sample listing of an additional language

            installation

      B.1   Sample of a New Installation

         This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
         input when the American English version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 was installed on a system running VMS Version
         5.2. The sample was run on a system that had no previous
         version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER installed. The installer chose
         to:

          _ Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER from magnetic tape

          _ Integrate WPS-PLUS

          _ Create three shared directories

          _ Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

          _ Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

                                             Sample Installations  B-1

 



         The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit.

      Username: SYSTEM
      Password:
              Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
          Last interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:47
          Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:25

      $ set default sys$update
      $ @vmsinstal

              VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.2

      It is 8-AUG-1990 at 10:26.
      Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? YES
      * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

      Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution volume set.
      * Products: AS024
      * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
      Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
      * Are you ready? YES
      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

      The following products will be processed:

        AS V2.4

              Beginning installation of AS V2.4 at 10:26

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been successfully
      moved to SYS$HELP.

      This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 SDC multiple-media kit

          Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 kit, the following types of
          installation can be performed :-






      B-2  Sample Installations

 



              (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
              (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (4)     Installation of an additional language
              (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (6)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language
              (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 1

      This is a FULL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 installation on a clean machine.

      Media TAPE0:AS1024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS1024. Please mount the MARKET kit media which
      is labeled AS2024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS2024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASCUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

      Media TAPE0:AS2024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS2024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit media which
      is labeled AS3024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASLENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

         This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

      * Does this product have an authorization key registered and loaded [YES]?
      YES
      %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1-STARTER license is installed and loaded
      %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
      %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and loaded

              If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
              to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
              not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
              impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

         NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time, should you
         choose not to link it now.

                                             Sample Installations  B-3

 



      * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with ALL-IN-1

      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

              If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
         OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
         image to be installed.

      * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? NO
      %ASLENGLISH-I-NOMLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a single language system

         ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each language
         you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date format
         for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by user
         through the Set Working Conditions option.

                  Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

              1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY        (Standard Default)
              2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
              3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
              4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
              5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
              6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

      * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY (1) has been
      selected

      * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users: 5
      * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving mail
      [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
      * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages to/from other
      systems [NO]? YES

      * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
      * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

      * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account: A1MAIL

      * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

      * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router mailbox:
      LYNX_A1

      * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

      B-4  Sample Installations

 



      * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII [NO]?
      NO

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW prerequisites

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current process
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are installed
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

              All software checks have been successful.
              Installation will continue.

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:
      SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:
      SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 ENGLISH language files
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:
      SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * How many shared directories do you want to create [1]: 3
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE1
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE2
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE3
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE

              NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
              The installation will continue.

      * What VMS username do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

      * What password do you want to use ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account: LYNX_SAMPLE

      * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_SAMPLE



                                             Sample Installations  B-5

 



      * What UIC do you want to use for account ALLIN1: 1,100
      * What default device you want to use for ALL-IN-1 manager's account
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
      * What default directory do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 manager's account?
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [1,100] on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 10000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.

      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 62500
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1].
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
      %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier ALLIN1 value: [000001,000100] added to
      RIGHTSLIST.DAT
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an account named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?: [500,1]
      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?: [500,2]

      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named A1$XFER_IN.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
      %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier A1$XFER_IN value [00500,000001] added to
          RIGHTSLIST

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [500,1] on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 50000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named
          A1$XFER_OUT.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
      %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier A1$XFER_OUT value [00500,000002] added to
          RIGHTSLIST

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [500,2] on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 50000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC OA$PRVAPP on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 1000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.

      B-6  Sample Installations

 



      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC OA$PRVAPP will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 1000
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC [1,100] ...

      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared library files
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared data files
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all ENGLISH language files
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the mail area SDAF file
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
      * What directory will hold the shares directories on SYS$SYSDEVICE:
      [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

      * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:

      %ASLENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before installation
      can continue unaided.
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

      Tape TAPE0:AS3024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted tape labeled AS3024. Please mount the BASE kit tape which
      is labeled AS1024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %AS-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      %AS-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images


                                             Sample Installations  B-7

 



      Building shared image modules
      Shared image modules built
      Linking the OA$MAIN image
         .
         .
         .
      %AS-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

       During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been added
       to SYS$MANAGER:

       A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been added
       to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to your
       users after installation.

      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************
      *                                                                          *
      *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following line added:*
      *                                                                          *
      *           $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]    *
      *                                                                          *
      *           where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the *
      *           ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                    *
      *                                                                          *
      *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use ALL-IN-1 *
      *                                                                          *
      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************

      During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,
      has been added to SYS$MANAGER.

      This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's LOGIN.COM.
      Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

      %AS-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating BASE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating PROFILE.DAT"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- populating BASE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating LANGUAGE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating WPS-PLUS data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating CBI data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing any old form libraries and
          TXLs"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "You may ignore any NO SUCH GLOBAL SECTION messages"

      B-8  Sample Installations

 



                      SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:40

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form processing complete"

                      SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:44

      %AS-I-SETACL, Setting ACL's
      %AS-I-SETACL, Setting global buffers

      When the VMSINSTAL procedure terminates, remember to attend to the
      POST-INSTALLATION tasks described in the Installation Guide.

      Failure to do this will result in ALL-IN-1 not working correctly.

               "Spelling Corrector licensed from Houghton Mifflin Company
               (c) 1987, 1985 by Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.
               U.S.PAT. Nos. 4,580,241, 4,730,269, and 4,771,401, Canadian Pat.
               No. 1,203,916.

               Houghton Mifflin Usage Alert (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.

               Roget's II Electronic Thesaurus (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.  Based on "Roget's II:  The New Thesaurus."

      (c) Digital Equipment Corporation. 1990. All rights reserved.

      The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 has now completed
      %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
          directories...

          The IVP for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This will
       vary according to the system that it is running on.

             It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
       ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images required. It
       also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1 IVP
       account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the PROFILE,
       then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as soon as
       possible, by doing the following:

         $ALLIN1/NOINIT
         Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

                                             Sample Installations  B-9

 



          If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found in
       OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
       ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the  messages from running ALL-IN-1 IVPs.
       This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails to
       run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

         $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
         $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

          Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run parts
       of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during the
       installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for more
       details.

         As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
       OA$IVP:

      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .

              Starting ALL-IN-1
              Installing ALL-IN-1 images
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
              Defining language independent logical names
              Defining ENGLISH language logical names
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

              Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

              Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

              Starting OA$FCV
              Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
              ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

      B-10  Sample Installations

 



      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .

      Log File for ALL option
      -----------------------
      ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
      !
      ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
      ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
      ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
      ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
      ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
      !
      ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
      ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = A1STARTER V2.4.
      ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
      ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.
























                                            Sample Installations  B-11

 



      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.














































      B-12  Sample Installations

 



      0     ! "Running editor check"
      23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
      252     ! "    first address line check"
      258     ! "    second address line check"
      265     ! "    third address line check"
      270     ! "    fourth address line check"
      275     ! "    date check"
      282     ! "    day check"
      286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
      289     ! "     job title check"
      293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
      498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
      935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
      !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
      !         Correct checksum is 805719118
      951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
      955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
      960     ! "Editor check finished."





























                                            Sample Installations  B-13

 



      IWP output files follow...














































      B-14  Sample Installations

 



      Text created by EDT/WPS check
      -----------------------------
                                                        DECPARK,
                                                        WORTON GRANGE,
                                                        READING,
                                                        BERKSHIRE.
                                                     Thursday, 28-Jul-1990.
      Dear IVP user,
              This is a test of the integration of EDT with ALL-IN-1.
              If the address,day,date, and name and job title have been
              substituted with the values of the IVP account then ALL-IN-1
              and EDT are interacting correctly.
              Yours Sincerely,
                      IVP USER,
                          INSTALLATION VERIFICATION
































                                            Sample Installations  B-15

 



      Text created by WPS-PLUS check
      ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Kate Jelly,
      Office Equipment Ltd,
      666 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734) 663666.
      Dear Kate,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.





















      B-16  Sample Installations

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Susie Coggles,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      69 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734)  696969.
      Dear Susie,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























                                            Sample Installations  B-17

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Jenny Dagleish,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      31 Reading Gardens,
      Reading.
      (0734) 251017.
      Dear Jenny,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























      B-18  Sample Installations

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Ruth Calladine ,
      Nutters Catering Compnay,
      73 Watlington Street,
      Reading.
      (0734) 956435.
      Dear Ruth,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may be
          interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711)
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.






















                                            Sample Installations  B-19

 



      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

      LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
      ---------------------------------------------

      This should contain the string V2.4...

      Enter CMD: VERSION
      %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 8-Sep-1990

       This should produce an Informational level message,
       and an RMS-E-FNF error

      Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

       This should produce a Warning level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

       This should produce a Error level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
      %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

       FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
        so they are not tested.




      B-20  Sample Installations

 



      ! Demonstrating directory application.
      ! Verifying directory application.
      ! Demonstration of application has passed.
      ! Finished demonstrating application
                              Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
      Date: 07/28/88                                                   Page:1
         .
         .
         .

      ! Running create account check
      3801       ! "Running create account check"
      4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
      4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
      4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
      4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
      4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
      4122       ! "Account is clean"
      4138       ! "Creating account"
      ! Batch job creating account has finished
      4809       ! "Finished creating account"
      4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
      ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
      5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
      5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
      ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
      5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
      5799       ! "Deleting account"
      6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
      6030       ! "Create account check finished"
      ! Create account check finished
      ! Verifying Mail directory
      ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
      ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
      ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
      ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched is
      OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
      ! Starting MR verification.
      ! MR verification has PASSED.
      !
      ! Both tests have passed.
      Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
      ---------------------------------------------------
      Lowest valid version of MR is V3.

                                            Sample Installations  B-21

 



      Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
      MR version correct.
      MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
      Message Router IVP has PASSED.
      End of Message Router IVP.
      ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.









































      B-22  Sample Installations

 



      ! Running electronic mail check
      6592             ! "Running electronic mail check"
      7115             ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7117             ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7123             ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
      7193             ! "Electronic mail check finished."
      ! Electronic mail check finished.

      %ASIVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for A1STARTER V2.4 have passed.
              Installation of AS V2.4 completed at 12:34

      Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution volume set.
      * Products:  RETURN

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35
































                                            Sample Installations  B-23

 



      B.2   Sample of an Upgrade Installation from ALL-IN-1 STARTER
           Version 1.0

         This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
         input when the American English version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 1.0 was upgraded to ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4,
         on a system running VMS Version 5.1. The ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 1.0 system had WPS-PLUS integrated. The installer
         chose to:

          _ Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER from magnetic tape

          _ Integrate WPS-PLUS

          _ Create three shared directories

          _ Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

          _ Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

         The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit.

      Username: SYSTEM
      Password:
              Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.1 on node LYNX
          Last interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:47
          Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:25

      $ set default sys$update
      $ @vmsinstal

              VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.1

      It is 8-AUG-1990 at 10:26.
      Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

      %VMSINMSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and running.
      * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]? YES
      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? YES
      * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

      Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution volume set.
      * Products: AS024
      * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
      Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
      * Are you ready? YES
      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

      The following products will be processed:

      B-24  Sample Installations

 



        AS V2.4

              Beginning installation of AS V2.4 at 10:26

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been successfully
      moved to SYS$HELP.

      This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 SDC multiple-media kit

          Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 kit, the following types of
          installation can be performed :-

              (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
              (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (4)     Installation of an additional language
              (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (6)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language
              (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 2

      This is an UPGRADE from A1STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

                                       ***CAUTION***
         Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After you
         have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all additional
         language systems. You will not be able to use your additional language
         systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as your base
         system.

      Media TAPE0:AS1024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS1024. Please mount the MARKET kit media which
      is labeled AS2024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS2024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASCUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

      Media TAPE0:AS2024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS2024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit media which
      is labeled AS3024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

                                            Sample Installations  B-25

 



      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASLENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

         This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

      * Does this product have an authorization key registered and loaded [YES]?
      YES
      %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1-STARTER license is installed and loaded
      %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
      %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and loaded

      * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation? YES

              If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
              to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
              not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
              impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

         NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time, should you
         choose not to link it now.

      * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with ALL-IN-1

      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

              If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
         OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
         image to be installed.

      * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-MLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a multi-language system

         ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each language
         you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date format
         for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by user
         through the Set Working Conditions option.

                  Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

              1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY        (Standard Default)
              2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
              3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
              4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
              5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
              6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

      B-26  Sample Installations

 



      * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY (1) has been
      selected

      * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users: 5
      * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving mail
      [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
      * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages to/from other
      systems [NO]? YES

      * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
      * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

      * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account: A1MAIL

      * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

      * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router mailbox:
      LYNX_A1

      * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

      * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII [NO]?
      NO

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW prerequisites

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current process
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

      VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
      purposes only, was already created before this installation.

      You have two options:

       1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
          for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some characteristics
          of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
          the installation.
       2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
          again.

      * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [NO]? YES

      VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
      purposes only, was already created before this installation.

      You have two options:

                                            Sample Installations  B-27

 



       1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
          for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some characteristics
          of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
          the installation.
       2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
          again.

      * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [NO]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are installed
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

              All software checks have been successful.
              Installation will continue.

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

              NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
              The installation will continue.

      * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account
          [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

                  OWNER      =  ALLIN1
                  USERNAME   =  ALLIN1
                  UIC        =  [000001,000100]
                  ACCOUNT    =  ALLIN1
                  PRIVS      =
                  PRIORITY   =
                  DIRECTORY  =  [ALLIN1]

      * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are correct
          [YES]? YES

      * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 TRANSFER accounts:
      A1TRANSFER

      * Please confirm the password you have specified: A1TRANSFER

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [1,100] on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 10000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.



      B-28  Sample Installations

 



      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 62500
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1].
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
      %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier ALLIN1 value: [000001,000100] added to
      RIGHTSLIST.DAT
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an ACCOUNT named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?: [500,1]
      * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?: [500,2]

      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named A1$XFER_IN.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

      A DISKQUOTA on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [500,1] will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 50000
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named
          A1$XFER_OUT.
      %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

      A DISKQUOTA on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [500,2] will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 50000
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...

      A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC OA$PRVAPP on SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of 1000
      and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.

      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC OA$PRVAPP will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 1000
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC [1,100] ...

      * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:




                                            Sample Installations  B-29

 



      %ASLENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before installation
      can continue unaided.
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

      Tape TAPE0:AS3024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted tape labeled AS3024. Please mount the BASE kit tape which
      is labeled AS1024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %AS-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      %AS-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

      Building shared image modules
      Shared image modules built
      Linking the OA$MAIN image
         .
         .
         .
      %AS-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

       During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been added
       to SYS$MANAGER:

       A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been added
       to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to your
       users after installation.






      B-30  Sample Installations

 



      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************
      *                                                                          *
      *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following line added:*
      *                                                                          *
      *            $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]   *
      *                                                                          *
      *            where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the*
      *            ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                   *
      *                                                                          *
      *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use ALL-IN-1 *
      *                                                                          *
      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************

      During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,
      has been added to SYS$MANAGER.

      This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's LOGIN.COM.
      Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

      %AS-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating BASE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating PROFILE.DAT"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- populating BASE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating LANGUAGE data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating WPS-PLUS data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating CBI data files"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing any old form libraries and
          TXLs"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "You may ignore any NO SUCH GLOBAL SECTION messages"

                      SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:40

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form processing complete"

                      SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:44

      When the VMSINSTAL procedure terminates, remember to attend to the
      POST-INSTALLATION tasks described in the Installation Guide.

      Failure to do this will result in ALL-IN-1 not working correctly.

                                            Sample Installations  B-31

 



               "Spelling Corrector licensed from Houghton Mifflin Company
               (c) 1987, 1985 by Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.
               U.S.PAT. Nos. 4,580,241, 4,730,269, and 4,771,401, Canadian Pat.
               No. 1,203,916.

               Houghton Mifflin Usage Alert (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.

               Roget's II Electronic Thesaurus (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.  Based on "Roget's II:  The New Thesaurus."

      (c) Digital Equipment Corporation. 1990. All rights reserved.

      The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 has now completed
      %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
          directories...

          The IVP for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This will
       vary according to the system that it is running on.

             It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
       ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images required. It
       also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1 IVP
       account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the PROFILE,
       then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as soon as
       possible, by doing the following:

         $ALLIN1/NOINIT
         Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

          If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found in
       OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
       ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the  messages from running ALL-IN-1 IVPs.
       This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails to
       run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

         $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
         $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

          Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run parts
       of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during the
       installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for more
       details.

         As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
       OA$IVP:

      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .

      B-32  Sample Installations

 



              Starting ALL-IN-1
              Installing ALL-IN-1 images
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
              Defining language independent logical names
              Defining ENGLISH language logical names
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

              Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

              Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

              Starting OA$FCV
              Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
              ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .












                                            Sample Installations  B-33

 



      Log File for ALL option
      -----------------------
      ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
      !
      ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
      ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
      ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
      ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
      ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
      !
      ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
      ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = A1STARTER V2.4.
      ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
      ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.





























      B-34  Sample Installations

 



      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.














































                                            Sample Installations  B-35

 



      0     ! "Running editor check"
      23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
      252     ! "    first address line check"
      258     ! "    second address line check"
      265     ! "    third address line check"
      270     ! "    fourth address line check"
      275     ! "    date check"
      282     ! "    day check"
      286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
      289     ! "     job title check"
      293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
      498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
      935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
      !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
      !         Correct checksum is 805719118
      951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
      955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
      960     ! "Editor check finished."





























      B-36  Sample Installations

 



      IWP output files follow...














































                                            Sample Installations  B-37

 



      Text created by EDT/WPS check
      -----------------------------
                                                        DECPARK,
                                                        WORTON GRANGE,
                                                        READING,
                                                        BERKSHIRE.
                                                     Thursday, 28-Jul-1990.
      Dear IVP user,
              This is a test of the integration of EDT with ALL-IN-1.
              If the address,day,date, and name and job title have been
              substituted with the values of the IVP account then ALL-IN-1
              and EDT are interacting correctly.
              Yours Sincerely,
                      IVP USER,
                          INSTALLATION VERIFICATION
































      B-38  Sample Installations

 



      Text created by WPS-PLUS check
      ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Kate Jelly,
      Office Equipment Ltd,
      666 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734) 663666.
      Dear Kate,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.





















                                            Sample Installations  B-39

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Susie Coggles,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      69 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734)  696969.
      Dear Susie,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























      B-40  Sample Installations

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Jenny Dagleish,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      31 Reading Gardens,
      Reading.
      (0734) 251017.
      Dear Jenny,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























                                            Sample Installations  B-41

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Ruth Calladine ,
      Nutters Catering Compnay,
      73 Watlington Street,
      Reading.
      (0734) 956435.
      Dear Ruth,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may be
          interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.






















      B-42  Sample Installations

 



      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

      LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
      ---------------------------------------------

      This should contain the string V2.4...

      Enter CMD: VERSION
      %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 8-Sep-1990

       This should produce an Informational level message,
       and an RMS-E-FNF error

      Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

       This should produce a Warning level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

       This should produce a Error level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
      %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

       FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
        so they are not tested.




                                            Sample Installations  B-43

 



      ! Demonstrating directory application.
      ! Verifying directory application.
      ! Demonstration of application has passed.
      ! Finished demonstrating application
                              Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
      Date: 07/28/88                                                   Page:1
         .
         .
         .

      ! Running create account check
      3801       ! "Running create account check"
      4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
      4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
      4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
      4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
      4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
      4122       ! "Account is clean"
      4138       ! "Creating account"
      ! Batch job creating account has finished
      4809       ! "Finished creating account"
      4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
      ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
      5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
      5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
      ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
      5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
      5799       ! "Deleting account"
      6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
      6030       ! "Create account check finished"
      ! Create account check finished
      ! Verifying Mail directory
      ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
      ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
      ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
      ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched is
      OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
      ! Starting MR verification.
      ! MR verification has PASSED.
      !
      ! Both tests have passed.
      Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
      ---------------------------------------------------
      Lowest valid version of MR is V3.

      B-44  Sample Installations

 



      Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
      MR version correct.
      MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
      Message Router IVP has PASSED.
      End of Message Router IVP.
      ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.









































                                            Sample Installations  B-45

 



      ! Running electronic mail check
      6592             ! "Running electronic mail check"
      7115             ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7117             ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7123             ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
      7193             ! "Electronic mail check finished."
      ! Electronic mail check finished.

      %ASIVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for A1STARTER V2.4 have passed.
              Installation of AS V2.4 completed at 12:34

      Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution volume set.
      * Products: RETURN

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35
































      B-46  Sample Installations

 



      B.3   Sample of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 Update
           Installation

         This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
         input when a multilingual ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system
         was updated, on a system running VMS Version 5.2. The update
         installation was performed to include Message Router Version
         3.1B and Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1. The
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system had WPS-PLUS integrated.
         The installer chose to:

          _ Install ALL-IN-1 STARTER from magnetic tape

          _ Integrate WPS-PLUS

          _ Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

          _ Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

         The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
         your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 kit.

      Username: SYSTEM
      Password:
              Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
          Last interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:47
          Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-AUG-1990 08:25

      $ set default sys$update
      $ @vmsinstal

              VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.1

      It is 8-AUG-1990 at 10:26.
      Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? YES
      * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

      Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution volume set.
      * Products: AS024
      * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
      Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
      * Are you ready? YES
      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

      The following products will be processed:

        AS V2.4

              Beginning installation of AS V2.4 at 10:26

                                            Sample Installations  B-47

 



      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been successfully
      moved to SYS$HELP.

      This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 SDC multiple-media kit

          Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 kit, the following types of
          installation can be performed :-

              (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER
              (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
              (4)     Installation of an additional language
              (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (6)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language
              (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 3

      This is an UPDATE of A1STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4.

                                       ***CAUTION***
         Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After you
         have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all additional
         language systems. You will not be able to use your additional language
         systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as your base
         system.

      Media TAPE0:AS1024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS1024. Please mount the MARKET kit media which
      is labeled AS2024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS2024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASCUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

      Media TAPE0:AS2024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted media labeled AS2024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit media which
      is labeled AS3024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %ASLENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

      B-48  Sample Installations

 



         This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

      * Does this product have an authorization key registered and loaded [YES]?
      YES
      %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1-STARTER license is installed and loaded
      %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
      %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and loaded

      * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation? YES

              If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
              to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
              not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
              impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

         NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time, should you
         choose not to link it now.

      * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with ALL-IN-1

      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

              If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
         OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
         image to be installed.

      * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-MLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a multi-language system

         ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each language
         you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date format
         for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by user
         through the Set Working Conditions option.

                  Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

              1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY        (Standard Default)
              2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
              3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
              4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
              5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
              6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

      * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
      %ASLENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY (1) has been
      selected

                                            Sample Installations  B-49

 



      * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users: 5
      * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving mail
      [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
      * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages to/from other
      systems [NO]? YES

      * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
      * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

      * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account: A1MAIL

      * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

      * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router mailbox:
      LYNX_A1

      * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

      * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII [NO]?
      NO

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW prerequisites

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current process
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKLNAM, Checking ALL-IN-1 logical names
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers
      %ASLENGLISH-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$ADMIN will be used from the
          previous installation.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$PRVAPP will be used from the
          previous installation.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

       VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
          purposes only, was already created before this installation.

          You have two options:

        1.  Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
            for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some characteristics
            of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
            the installation.
        2.  Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
            again.

       * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [NO]?  yes

        VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
          purposes only, was already created before this installation.

      B-50  Sample Installations

 



          You have two options:

        1.  Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
            for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some characteristics
            of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
            the installation.
        2.  Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
            again.

       * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [NO]? yes
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are installed
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

              All software checks have been successful.
              Installation will continue.

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

              NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
              The installation will continue.

      * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account
          [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

                  OWNER      =  ALLIN1
                  USERNAME   =  ALLIN1
                  UIC        =  [000001,000100]
                  ACCOUNT    =  ALLIN1
                  PRIVS      =
                  PRIORITY   =
                  DIRECTORY  =  [ALLIN1]

      * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are correct
          [YES]? YES

      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be modified.
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 62500
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation update an ACCOUNT named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated
      %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an ACCOUNT named ALLIN1.
      %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

      %ASLENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...
      %ASLENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC [1,100] ...

      * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
      %ASLENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:

                                            Sample Installations  B-51

 



      %ASLENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 STARTER ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision <rev>
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
      %ASLENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before installation
      can continue unaided.
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
      VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

      Tape TAPE0:AS3024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
      Dismounted tape labeled AS3024. Please mount the BASE kit tape which
      is labeled AS1024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to exit).

      * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate installation? YES

      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS1024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
      %AS-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      %AS-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

      Building shared image modules
      Shared image modules built
      Linking the OA$MAIN image
         .
         .
         .
      %AS-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

       During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been added
       to SYS$MANAGER:

       A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been added
       to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to your
       users after installation.






      B-52  Sample Installations

 



      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************
      *                                                                          *
      *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following line added:*
      *                                                                          *
      *            $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]   *
      *                                                                          *
      *            where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the*
      *            ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                   *
      *                                                                          *
      *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use ALL-IN-1 *
      *                                                                          *
      ****************************************************************************
      ****************************************************************************

      During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,
      has been added to SYS$MANAGER.

      This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's LOGIN.COM.
      Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing form libraries & TXL"
      %OA-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section
      %OA-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

               SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:38

      %AS-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- updating A1CONFIG data file"

               SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:40

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form processing complete"

               SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Sep-1990 11:44







                                            Sample Installations  B-53

 



      %AS-I-CREMBX, Creating mailbox entry A1
              This is MRMAN V3.1B
      %Added A1,                   Owner=ALLIN1 Complete_Messages Ignore_Sender
          Grant_Id Service_Messages
      %AS-I-DDSUA, Creating DDS UA entry for OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
       MBMAN V3.1B (BL5.17)
       Name    : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
       Master copy owning node  : LYNX

      %AS-I-DDSSUB, Creating DDS subscriber entry for MANAGER
       MBMAN V3.1B (BL5.17)
       Surname    : MANAGER
       Name    : MANAGER
       Unique subscriber identifier : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
       Proxy user agent  : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
       Master copy owning node  : LYNX

      When the VMSINSTAL procedure terminates, remember to attend to the
      POST-INSTALLATION tasks described in the Installation guide.

      Failure to do this will result in ALL-IN-1 not working correctly

               "Spelling Corrector licensed from Houghton Mifflin Company
               (c) 1987, 1985 by Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.
               U.S.PAT. Nos. 4,580,241, 4,730,269, and 4,771,401, Canadian Pat.
               No. 1,203,916.

               Houghton Mifflin Usage Alert (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.

               Roget's II Electronic Thesaurus (c) 1984 Houghton Mifflin.
               All rights reserved.  Based on "Roget's II:  The New Thesaurus."

      (c) Digital Equipment Corporation. 1990. All rights reserved.

      The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 has now completed
      %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
          directories...

          The IVP for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This will
       vary according to the system that it is running on.

             It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
       ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images required. It
       also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1 IVP
       account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the PROFILE,
       then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as soon as
       possible, by doing the following:

      B-54  Sample Installations

 



         $ALLIN1/NOINIT
         Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

          If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found in
       OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
       ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the  messages from running ALL-IN-1 IVPs.
       This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails to
       run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

         $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
         $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

          Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run parts
       of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during the
       installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for more
       details.

         As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
       OA$IVP:

      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .

              Starting ALL-IN-1
              Installing ALL-IN-1 images
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
              Defining language independent logical names
              Defining ENGLISH language logical names
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
      %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created for
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

              Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

              Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

      %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                                            Sample Installations  B-55

 



              Starting OA$FCV
              Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
              ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
      %ASIVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

      %ASIVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .

      Log File for ALL option
      -----------------------
      ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
      !
      ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
      ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
      ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
      ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
      ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
      !
      ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
      ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = A1STARTER V2.4.
      ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
      ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
      !
      ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.




















      B-56  Sample Installations

 



      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.














































                                            Sample Installations  B-57

 



      0     ! "Running editor check"
      23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
      252     ! "    first address line check"
      258     ! "    second address line check"
      265     ! "    third address line check"
      270     ! "    fourth address line check"
      275     ! "    date check"
      282     ! "    day check"
      286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
      289     ! "     job title check"
      293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
      498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
      935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
      !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
      !         Correct checksum is 805719118
      951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
      955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
      960     ! "Editor check finished."





























      B-58  Sample Installations

 



      IWP output files follow...














































                                            Sample Installations  B-59

 



      Text created by EDT/WPS check
      -----------------------------
                                                        DECPARK,
                                                        WORTON GRANGE,
                                                        READING,
                                                        BERKSHIRE.
                                                     Thursday, 28-Jul-1990.
      Dear IVP user,
              This is a test of the integration of EDT with ALL-IN-1.
              If the address,day,date, and name and job title have been
              substituted with the values of the IVP account then ALL-IN-1
              and EDT are interacting correctly.
              Yours Sincerely,
                      IVP USER,
                          INSTALLATION VERIFICATION
































      B-60  Sample Installations

 



      Text created by WPS-PLUS check
      ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Kate Jelly,
      Office Equipment Ltd,
      666 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734) 663666.
      Dear Kate,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.





















                                            Sample Installations  B-61

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Susie Coggles,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      69 London Rd,
      Reading.
      (0734)  696969.
      Dear Susie,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























      B-62  Sample Installations

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Jenny Dagleish,
      Art Equipment Ltd,
      31 Reading Gardens,
      Reading.
      (0734) 251017.
      Dear Jenny,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.























                                            Sample Installations  B-63

 



                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
      Ruth Calladine ,
      Nutters Catering Compnay,
      73 Watlington Street,
      Reading.
      (0734) 956435.
      Dear Ruth,
        As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may be
          interested
        to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced the
        availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the future of
        office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple select
        options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on Read,
        as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this together with
        the advanced WP Grammar Checker option, make this THE OFFICE PRODUCT OF
        1990.
              Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
         Yours faithfully,
              Alain M. Cleaner,
                 Office Products Manager.






















      B-64  Sample Installations

 



      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

      %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

      LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
      ---------------------------------------------

      This should contain the string V2.4...

      Enter CMD: VERSION
      %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 8-Sep-1990

       This should produce an Informational level message,
       and an RMS-E-FNF error

      Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
      %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
      -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

       This should produce a Warning level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
      %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

       This should produce a Error level message...

      Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
      %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

       FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
        so they are not tested.




                                            Sample Installations  B-65

 



      ! Demonstrating directory application.
      ! Verifying directory application.
      ! Demonstration of application has passed.
      ! Finished demonstrating application
                              Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
      Date: 07/28/88                                                   Page:1
         .
         .
         .

      ! Running create account check
      3801       ! "Running create account check"
      4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
      4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
      4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
      4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
      4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
      4122       ! "Account is clean"
      4138       ! "Creating account"
      ! Batch job creating account has finished
      4809       ! "Finished creating account"
      4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
      ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
      5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
      5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
      ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
      5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
      5799       ! "Deleting account"
      6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
      6030       ! "Create account check finished"
      ! Create account check finished
      ! Verifying Mail directory
      ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
      ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
      ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
      ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched is
      OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
      ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
      ! Starting MR verification.
      ! MR verification has PASSED.
      !
      ! Both tests have passed.
      Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
      ---------------------------------------------------
      Lowest valid version of MR is V3.

      B-66  Sample Installations

 



      Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
      MR version correct.
      MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
      Message Router IVP has PASSED.
      End of Message Router IVP.
      ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.









































                                            Sample Installations  B-67

 



      ! Running electronic mail check
      6592             ! "Running electronic mail check"
      7115             ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7117             ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
      7123             ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
      7193             ! "Electronic mail check finished."
      ! Electronic mail check finished.

      %ASIVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for A1STARTER V2.4 have passed.
              Installation of AS V2.4 completed at 12:34

      Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution volume set.
      * Products: RETURN

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35
































      B-68  Sample Installations

 



      B.4   Additional Language Installation

         This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
         input when the GERMAN language was installed as an additional
         language on a system running VMS Version 5.2. The ALL-IN-
         1 STARTER Version 2.4 system has WPS-PLUS integrated. The
         installer chose to install the additional language from
         magnetic tape.

      Username: SYSTEM
      Password:
              Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
          Last interactive login on Monday, 15-AUG-1990 08:47
          Last non-interactive login on Monday, 15-AUG-1990 08:25

      $ set default sys$update
      $ @vmsinstal

              VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.2

      It is 15-AUG-1990 at 09:11.
      Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

      * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? YES
      * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

      Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution volume set.
      * Products: ASLGERMAN024
      * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
      Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
      * Are you ready? YES
      %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, AS3024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

      The following products will be processed:

        ASLGERMAN V2.4

              Beginning installation of ASLGERMAN V2.4 at 09:11

      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...

      This is a LOCAL ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 LANGUAGE-only kit (GERMAN)

      Using the LANGUAGE only ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 kit, the following types of
          installation can be performed :-


                                            Sample Installations  B-69

 



              (1)     Installation of an additional language
              (2)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
          language
              (3)     Update of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
          language

      * Do you want to continue [YES]? YES
      * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 1

      This is the GERMAN Additional Language installation

      %ASLGERMAN-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

         This is the GERMAN version of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

      * Does this product have an authorization key registered and loaded [YES]?
      YES
      %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An AI1-START-UI-GERMAN license is installed and loaded
      %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
      %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and loaded

              During your first language installation you elected to integrate
              WPS-PLUS. It means that you can  access  WPS-PLUS as an additional
              editor from your GERMAN ALL-IN-1 as well.

      %ASLGERMAN-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY SW prerequisites

      %ASLGERMAN-I-CHKMROV, Checking the existence of ALL-IN-1 logical names
      %ASLGERMAN-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

              All S/W checks have been successful.
              Installation will continue.

      %ASLGERMAN-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

         ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each language
         you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date format
         for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by user
         through the Set Working Conditions option.

                  Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

              1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY        (Standard Default)
              2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
              3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
              4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
              5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
              6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

      B-70  Sample Installations

 



      * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
      %ASLGERMAN-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and DD/MM/YY (2) has been
      selected

      * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 GERMAN language files
      [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE

              NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
              The installation will continue.

      * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 MANAGER account [ALLIN1]:
      ALLIN1
                      OWNER           =
                      USERNAME        =       ALLIN1
                      UIC             =       [1,100]
                      ACCOUNT         =
                      PRIVS           =       All
                      PRIORITY        =       4
                      DIRECTORY       =       SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1]

      * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are correct
      [YES]? YES

      A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be modified.
      %DISKQ-I-INUSE, [000001,000100] has 96395 blocks in use
      The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 87904
      and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
      * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all GERMAN files [GERMAN]:
      GERMAN

      * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
      %ASLGERMAN-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
      %ASLGERMAN-I-SOMTIME, Installation will now continue for some time. No
          further
      action required.
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
      %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...
      %ASLGERMAN-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

      Linking the OA$LLVGERMAN.EXE



                                            Sample Installations  B-71

 



      %ASLGERMAN-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images
      %ASLGERMAN-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
         .
         .
         .

      The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 has now completed
      %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
          directories...

              Installation of ASLGERMAN V2.4 completed at 11:47

      Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution volume set.
      * Products: RETURN

              VMSINSTAL procedure done at 11:48































      B-72  Sample Installations

 









                                                                     C
      ________________________________________________________________

                      Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System




         The ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 installation procedure
         installs a number of files on your system and defines some
         logical names. Section C.1 lists the files installed in
         directories other than the main ALL-IN-1 STARTER directories
         (for example, SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]). Section C.2 lists the
         logical names that are added to the system logical name
         table. Section C.3 shows the directory structure of an ALL-
         IN-1 STARTER system installed on separate disks.

      C.1   Files Installed in Non-ALL-IN-1 STARTER Directories

         The following list shows the files that are installed in
         directories other than the ALL-IN-1 STARTER directories.

           Directory SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSMGR]

           ALLIN1_IVP.LOG;1


           Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSMGR]

           A1V24START.COM;1        A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM;1

           Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP]

           AS024.RELEASE_NOTES;1   ASLRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES;1
           ASCRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES;1

      Note AS024.RELEASE_NOTES does not contain any release notes. To
         access the Release Notes, that is the files
         ASLRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES and ASCRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES,


                 Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-1

 



         carry out the steps described in Chapter 2.

           Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]

           DPESHR.EXE;1        FDVSHR.EXE;1       LNGOSENVR.EXE;1
           LNGSPLAE2.LGS;1     LNGSPLAET.LGM;1    LNGSPLAET.LGS;1
           LNGSPLAEU.LGM;1     LNGSPLAEU.LGS;1    LNGSPLCOM.EXE;1
           LNGSPLlang.EXE;1    LNGSPLSHR.EXE;1    OA$LLVlanguage.EXE;1
           XPORT.L32;1         XPORT.OLB;1        XPORT.REQ;1

         lang is a three-letter code identifying the language
         installed, and language is the language name. You may have
         more than one version if you have installed additional
         languages. Note that OA$LLVlanguage.EXE is created only if
         you install ALL-IN-1 STARTER as a multilanguage system.

           Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]

           DPEMSG.EXE;1        FDVMSG.EXE;1       LNGSPLMSG.EXE;1
           XPORTMSG.EXE;1

      C.2   Logical Names

         The following logical names are defined when ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         Version 2.4 is installed. These names are stored in the
         startup file, A1V24START.COM. They are automatically defined
         whenever the system reboots or whenever the software is
         invoked.

         C.2.1  Logical Names Entered into the System Logical Name
         Table

         The following logical names are entered into the system
         logical name table, LNM$SYSTEM_TABLE.

      Note Copies of all logical names that end in _LLV exist in both
         the system logical name table and the logical name table for
         the default language.









      C-2  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 



           DX$PRINT
           FAC$COMMON
           KOA$HEAP_SIZE
           KOA$PRINT_DIR
           KOA$PRINT_SHARE
           OA$ADMIN_DATA
           OA$BLP
           OA$BLP_lang
           OA$BLP_LLV
           OA$BLP_SHARE
           OA$BUILD
           OA$BUILD_SHARE
           OA$DATA
           OA$DATA_LLV
           OA$DATA_SHARE
           OA$DDS_PRIME
           OA$DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
           OA$DO
           OA$DO_lang
           OA$DO_LLV
           OA$DO_SHARE
           OA$IMAGE
           OA$LIB
           OA$LIB_lang
           OA$LIB_LLV
           OA$LIB_SHARE
           OA$LLV
           OA$LOADUSER
           OA$LOG
           OA$MAIL_NUM_ADDRESSES
           OA$MTI_AREA
           OA$MTI_DATA
           OA$MTI_ERR
           OA$MTI_LOG
           OA$MTI_MAILBX
           OA$MTI_MR_NODE    (If you are using a remote Message Router)
           OA$MTI_OPER
           OA$MTI_QUEUE
           OA$MTI_TRNS
           OA$PRIMARY_NODE
           OA$SCP
           OA$SCP_lang
           OA$SCP_LLV
           OA$SCP_SHARE
           OA$SHARE          (The logical names OA$SHARE* refer to Mail


                 Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-3

 



                              area E which is created during the
                              installation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4)
           OA$SHAREn         (n is from 1 to the number of shared
                              directories specified during the
                              installation)
           OA$SHARE_HIGH
           OA$SHARE_LOW
           OA$SITE_BLP_lang
           OA$SITE_BLP_LLV
           OA$SITE_BLP_SHARE
           OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV
           OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE
           OA$SITE_DATA
           OA$SITE_DATA_LLV
           OA$SITE_DATA_SHARE
           OA$SITE_DEV
           OA$SITE_DEV_lang
           OA$SITE_DEV_LLV
           OA$SITE_DEV_SHARE
           OA$SITE_DO_lang
           OA$SITE_DO_LLV
           OA$SITE_DO_SHARE
           OA$SITE_LIB
           OA$SITE_LIB_lang
           OA$SITE_LIB_LLV
           OA$SITE_LIB_SHARE
           OA$SITE_SCP_lang
           OA$SITE_SCP_LLV
           OA$SITE_SCP_SHARE
           OA$STARTER
           OA$SUBMIT_IMAGE
           OA$SUBSCRIBER_MAIL
           OA$SYSTEM_LISTS
           OA$TRANSFER

         C.2.2  Logical Names Entered into the Language Logical Name
         Table

         The following logical names are entered into a language-
         specific logical name table for the language installed,
         OA$lang_TABLE. The same logical names are used for all
         languages although their definitions are different.

      Note Copies of all logical names that end in _LLV exist in both
         the system logical name table and the logical name table for
         the default language.

      C-4  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 



           OA$BLP_LLV
           OA$DATA_LLV
           OA$DO_LLV
           OA$LIB_LLV
           OA$LLV
           OA$SCP_LLV
           OA$SITE_BLP_LLV
           OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV
           OA$SITE_DATA_LLV
           OA$SITE_DEV_LLV
           OA$SITE_DO_LLV
           OA$SITE_LIB_LLV
           OA$SITE_SCP_LLV

      C.3   Directory Structure of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER System
           Installed on Separate Disks

         Figures C-1 to C-6 show the directory structure of an ALL-
         IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system installed on the system disk
         and disks DISK0 to DISK4. Each area of ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see
         Section 1.8.16) was installed on a different disk, with a
         different directory specified for each area:

          o The ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's account was installed on
            the system disk SYS$SYSDEVICE: using the account name
            MANAGER.

          o The shared library files were installed on disk DISK0
            using the directory name LIBRARY.

          o The language files were installed on disk DISK1 using the
            directory name LANGUAGE.

          o The shared data files were installed on disk DISK2 using
            the directory name DATA.

          o The mail area SDAF file was installed on disk DISK3 using
            the directory name MAIL.

          o The shared directories were installed on disk DISK4 using
            the directory name SHARED.

         If you want to move an ALL-IN-1 area to another disk, copy
         the directories in that area as shown in Figures C-1 to
         C-5 (the shared directories cannot be moved once they are
         created). See Appendix D for details.

                 Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-5

 


      Figure C-1    Directory Structure of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                    Manager's Account

                                +--+[.IVPUSER]+-------+-------+[.DOC0]
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                |                     |
                                |                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                |                     |
                                |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                |
                                |
                                +--+[.MGR]+-----------+-------+[.DOC0]
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                |                     |
      SYS$SYSDEVICE:[MANAGER]+--+                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                |                     |
                                |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                |
                                |
                                +--+[.POSTMASTE]+-----+-------+[.DOC0]
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     |           .
                                |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                |                     |
                                |                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                |                     |
                                |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                |
                                |
                                |
                                +---+[.TRANSFER_INCOMING]
                                |
                                +---+[.TRANSFER_OUTGOING]








      C-6  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 


      Figure C-2    Directory Structure for the Library Files

                         +----+[.ADMIN_DATA]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.BLP_SHARE]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.DO_SHARE]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.LIB_SHARE]+----------[.USER]
                         |
                         |
      DISK0:[LIBRARY]+---+----+[.LOG]
                         |
                         |                       +---+[.BLP_SHARE]
                         +----+[.PRINT]          |
                         |                       |
                         |                       +---+[.DEV_SHARE]
                         +----+[SCP_SHARE]       |
                         |                       |
                         |                       +---+[.DO_SHARE]
                         +----+[.SITE]+----------+
                         |                       |
                         |                       +---+[.LIB_SHARE]
                         +----+[.SOURCES]        |
                         |                       |
                         |                       +---+[.SCP_SHARE]
                         +----+[.SYSTEM_LISTS]   |
                                                 |
                                                 +---+[.SOURCES_SHARE]
















                 Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-7

 


      Figure C-3    Directory Structure for the Language Files

                         +-----[.BLP_lang]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.CBI_lang]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.DATA_lang]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.DO_lang]
                         |
                         |
      DISK1:[LANGUAGES]+-+----+[.IVP_lang]
                         |
                         |
                         +----+[.LIB_lang]       +---+[.BLP_lang]
                         |                       |
                         |                       |
                         +----+[.LLV_lang]       +---+[.DATA_lang]
                         |                       |
                         |                       |
                         +----+[.SCP_lang]       +---+[.DEV_lang]
                         |                       |
                         |                       |
                         +----+[.SITE]+----------+---+[.DO_lang]
                                                 |
                                                 +---+[.LIB_lang]
                                                 |
                                                 |
                                                 +---+[.SCP_lang]
                                                 |
                                                 |
                                                 +---+[.SOURCES_lang]













      C-8  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 


      Figure C-4    Directory Structure for the Data Files

                        +---+[.DATA_SHARE]
                        |
                        |
      DISK2:[DATA]+-----+
                        |
                        |
                        +---+[.SITE]+---------+[.DATA_SHARE]


      Figure C-5    Directory Structure for Mail Area E


      DISK3:[MAIL]+----+[.SHARE_E]







      Figure C-6    Directory Structure for the Shared Directories

                         +---+[.SHARED1]
                         |
                         |
      DISK4:[SHARED]+----+---+[.SHARED2]
                         |
                         |
                         +---+[.SHARED3]

















                 Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-9

 









                                                                     D
      ________________________________________________________________

                   Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4




         This appendix describes changes to the configuration of
         ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 that do not require an update
         installation to be performed. You can:

          o Change the configuration to incorporate WPS-PLUS with
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER

          o Change the location of the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
            areas

         CAUTION This task involves modifying the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            Version 2.4 configuration database. This database is
            crucial to the operation of ALL-IN-1 STARTER and changes
            must be made with extreme care. Digital recommends that
            you take a backup copy of OA$DATA_SHARE:A1CONFIG.DAT
            before making any changes.

         If you want to change to using WPS-PLUS or Message Router for
         the first time, you must perform an update installation (see
         Chapter 7).

      D.1   Change to Using WPS-PLUS

         If you installed ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 without
         incorporating WPS-PLUS, the WPS-PLUS files were not installed
         during the installation. Therefore, if you want to use WPS-
         PLUS with ALL-IN-1 STARTER, you must perform an update
         installation (see Chapter 7) to install these files, and
         answer YES to the prompt:

           Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]?


              Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  D-1

 



      D.2   Change the Location of an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
           Area

         If you want to move an ALL-IN-1 area to another disk, do the
         following:

          1 Shut down ALL-IN-1 STARTER (see the ALL-IN-1 Management
            Guide).

          2 Copy the directories in that area to the appropriate disk.
            A list of
            ALL-IN-1 areas is given in the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Installation
            Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

            For a list of the directories in each area see Appendix C,
            Section C.3.

          3 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

              $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER /OVERRIDE=SHUTDOWN

          4 Change the ALL-IN-1 STARTER configuration file as
            follows:

             a Enter A1CONFIG. The ALL-IN-1 System Configuration
               Information form is displayed.

             b Enter the key of the component required:

                o Enter A1BASE for the base component. The base
                  component description record is displayed.

                o Enter language name for the appropriate language
                  component. The language component description record
                  is displayed.

             c Enter C to change the record.

             d Move the cursor to the field relating to the files that
               are to be moved. For the base system the fields are:

                o "File Location" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER library
                  files

                o "Data Location" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER data files

                o "Site File Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER site
                  library files

                o "Site Data Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER site data
                  files

                o "ALL-IN-1 Mgr's Dir" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  manager's directory

      D-2  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 



               Enter the new location of the files.

               For the language system the fields are:

                o "File Location" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER language
                  files

                o "Site File Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 STARTER site
                  language files

               Enter the new location of the files.

             e Press RETURN.

             f Press EXIT.

             g Ensure that Message Router is started (see the Message
               Router books).

             h Run the ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 startup command
               procedure (see Section 10.10). If you are running ALL-
               IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster system you must run the
               startup command procedure on all nodes in the cluster.

      D.3   Moving ALL-IN-1 STARTER

         If you want to move part or all of your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
         system to other disks, do the following:

          1 Shut down ALL-IN-1 STARTER.

          2 Move each area of ALL-IN-1 STARTER (as described in
            Section D.2).

          3 If you want to move mail areas, you must edit the
            information that is held in the mail area master files. Do
            this as follows:

             a Use form SM_SDAF_MASTER to update the location of any
               SDAFs that you move.

             b Use form SM_SHARED_DIR_MASTER to update the location of
               any shared directories that you move.

          4 If you use Message Router, ensure that Message Router is
            started.

              Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4  D-3

 



          5 Run the ALL-IN-1 STARTER startup command procedure,
            A1V24START.COM, to allow the changes to take effect. If
            you are running
            ALL-IN-1 STARTER on a VAXcluster system, you must run the
            startup command procedure on all nodes in the cluster.










































      D-4  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4

 












      ___________________________________________________________

                                                             Index




      A                               Build a multilingual system

      Active processes, 9-3              , 9-16

      Additional languages            C

        installation procedure,       CDA
           4-3, 6-3, 8-3                Converter Library, 1-13
        installing, 1-23                patch kit, 1-13
      ALL-IN-1 CDA, 1-13                patch Kit, A-3
      ALL-IN-1 STARTER                CDA Converter Library,
        invoking, 10-11                  1-13, A-3
        setup, 10-21                    checks, 9-15
      Area routing                    CDA patch kit, 1-13, A-3
        define logical OA$MTI_        Checking
           AREA, 10-15                  global page file sections

      B                                   , 1-30

      Backup, 9-4                       global pages, 1-30
      Batch queue                       global sections, 1-30
        for sending mail, 9-19        Checklist, 1-46
      Boot node, 1-22                 Cluster

                                        See also VAXcluster

                                                           Index-1

 






          Cluster (Cont.)                 Directories (Cont.)

            VMSmail Gateway                 shared directories, 9-44
               configuration, 10-16       Directory
          Common-environment cluster        for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            running ALL-IN-1 STARTER,         manager's VMS account,
               1-18                           9-39
          Configuration                     for language files, 9-42
            changes, D-1                    for mail area SDAF file,
            changing, 1-1, 1-2                9-43
          Configuring                       for shared data files,
            VMSmail Gateway, 10-16            9-42
          Conventions                       for shared directories,
            used in this guide, xxiv          9-43
          D                                 for shared library files,
                                              9-42
          Date format                     Disk space requirements
            selecting, 9-17                 for each area, 1-42
          DCLTABLES                         free blocks required,
            replacing, 10-4                   1-45
          DECdx/VMS, 1-11                 Distribution kit
          DECnet status, 9-3                examining the, 1-4
          DECpage, 1-11                   Distribution media
          Device                            mounting the, 2-3, 9-5
            for ALL-IN-1 STARTER          Document structure, xx

               manager's VMS account,     E
               9-39
            for language files, 9-30      Error messages, 3-2, 4-3,
            for mail area SDAF file,         5-3, 6-3, 7-3, 8-3
               9-32                       Errors
            for shared data files,          Sender/Fetcher, 1-35
               9-29                       H
            for shared directory,
               9-33                       Heterogeneous cluster
            for shared library files,       See Multiple-environment
               9-28                           cluster
          Directories                     Homogeneous cluster


          Index-2

 






          Homogeneous cluster (Cont.)     Installation procedure
            See Common-environment           (Cont.)

               cluster                      upgrading ALL-IN-1
          Housekeeping procedures             STARTER V1.0 additional
            rescheduling, 10-18               languages, 6-3
          I                               Installation requirements
                                            number of global buffers,
          Installation                        1-31
            aborting, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,        number of global page-
               6-3, 7-2, 8-3                  file sections, 1-33
            checklist, 1-46                 number of global pages,
            completing, 9-46                  1-31
            disk space required, 1-39       number of global sections
            keeping a record of, 1-17         , 1-33
            linking images, 9-46            process account quotas,
            modes, 1-40                       1-38
            Non-Safety mode, 1-41           unused global pages, 1-31
            on a VAXcluster system,       Installation steps, 9-1
               1-18                       Installation Verification
            order of, 1-16                   Procedure
            preparing for, 1-1, 1-24        running, 3-2, 4-2, 5-3,
            Safety mode, 1-40                 6-2, 7-2, 8-2
            time required, 1-27           Installed images
          Installation options, 9-6         required, 1-9
          Installation procedure          Invoke VMSINSTAL, 9-2
            first full installation,      IVP
               3-3                          running, 3-2, 4-2, 5-3,
            new additional languages,         6-2, 7-2, 8-2, 9-44

               4-3                        L
            update of ALL-IN-1
               STARTER V2.4, 7-4          Language code, 9-12
            update of ALL-IN-1            License Management Facility
               STARTER V2.4 additional       , 1-6
               languages, 8-3             License Management Utility
            upgrade from ALL-IN-1           requirements, 1-46
               STARTER V1.0, 5-4          Limiting addressees


                                                              Index-3

 






          Limiting addressees (Cont.)     Message Router (Cont.)

            in a mail message, 10-22        integrating with, 1-14
          LN03 Printer                      mailbox password, 9-22
            setting terminal                setting up, 10-14
               characteristics for,         specifying the node, 9-21
               10-18                      Message Router VMSmail
          Load distribution media,           Gateway, A-3
             9-4, 9-9, 9-45               Messages
          Local                             error, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,
            Message Router, 1-14,             6-3, 7-3, 8-3
               1-21                         warning, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,
            system, 1-14                      6-3, 7-3, 8-3
          Log files                       MR$NODE, 10-15
            Mail Error Log, 10-6          Multiple-environment
            Mail Traffic Log, 10-6           cluster
          LQP02 Printer                     running ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
            setting terminal                  1-20
               characteristics for,       N
               10-18
          LQP03 Printer                   New installation, 3-3
            setting terminal              O
               characteristics for,
               10-18                      OA$DDS_PRIME, 10-18

          M                               OA$MTI_AREA, 10-15
                                          Optional software checks,
          Mail directory                     9-24
            setup, 10-18                  Optional software products,
            specify level of use,            1-11
               9-21                       P
            user agent password, 9-22
          Mandatory software checks,      PAK
             9-24                           registering and loading,
          Market code, 9-11                   9-12
          Message Router, 1-11, 9-19,     Password
             A-3
            configuring, 10-15


          Index-4

 






          Password (Cont.)                Remote (Cont.)

            for ALL-IN-1 STARTER            VMSmail Gateway
               manager's VMS account,         configuration, 10-16
               9-38                       Reporting problems, 10-26
            for Message Router            Required operating system
               mailbox, 9-22                 components, 1-7
            Mail directory user agent     S
               , 9-22
          Post-installation               Satellite node, 1-22, 9-18
            terminal characteristics      Shared directories, 9-33
               for LN03, 10-18              number of, 9-33
            terminal characteristics      Software Product
               for LQP02, 10-18              Description, 1-5, 1-6,
            terminal characteristics         A-4
               for LQP03, 10-18           Software Warranty Addendum,
          Preparing for                      1-6, A-4
            installation, 1-1             SPD, 1-5, 1-6, A-4
          Prerequisite                    SSA, 1-6, A-4
            software, 1-8                 Startup command procedure
          Product Authorization Key,        executing, 10-7
             1-6                          Structure
            registering and loading,        of this guide, xx
               9-12                       SWA, 1-6, A-4
          Product identifier, 9-2         SYSGEN, 1-36
          Purge                           System backup, 9-4
            files during installation     System parameters, 1-36,
               , 9-14                        9-18

          R                               System Support Addendum,
                                             1-6, A-4
          Release Notes, 2-1              T
            accessing, 2-2
            printing, 2-2                 Terminal characteristics
          Remote                            LN03 printer, 10-18
            Message Router, 1-15,           LQP02 printer, 10-18
               1-22                         LQP03 printer, 10-18
            system, 1-15                  Text library


                                                              Index-5

 






          Text library (Cont.)            VMS user name (Cont.)

            compiling, 10-12                for ALL-IN-1 STARTER
            installing, 10-12                 manager's account,
          Transfer user accounts              9-35, 9-36
            password, 9-38                W
          Translate WPS-PLUS and DX
             messages to ASCII, 9-23      Warning messages, 3-2, 4-3,
          TXL                                5-3, 6-3, 7-3, 8-3
            compiling, 10-12              WPS-PLUS
            installing, 10-12               incorporating, 9-15

          U                                 integrating, 1-15
                                          WPS-PLUS/VMS
          UIC                               converting documents to
            for ALL-IN-1 STARTER              ALL-IN-1 STARTER, 10-22
               manager's VMS account,
               9-39
            for the transfer user
               accounts, 9-40
          Users
            number of simultaneous,
               9-17

          V

          VAXcluster
            Local Area, 1-22
            running ALL-IN-1 STARTER,
               1-18, 1-20
          VAX FMS, A-3
          VMS
            required version, 1-8
          VMSINSTAL, 1-1, 3-1, 4-2,
             5-2, 6-2, 7-2, 8-2
            invoking, 9-2
          VMSmail Gateway
            configuring, 10-16
          VMS user name

          Index-6
